-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 PKt9+90VFEY5m7b1P60ODD+tbLTd0vt7rHkSBMTDhoVUGFl7PWbXizwo6VtYRO5u
 ZKWNXQonxtKHgbMrK8xisg==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0001005794-05-000791.txt : 20050926
<SEC-HEADER>0001005794-05-000791.hdr.sgml : 20050926
<ACCEPTANCE-DATETIME>20050926142043
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0001005794-05-000791
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		14
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	20050729
FILED AS OF DATE:		20050926
DATE AS OF CHANGE:		20050926

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			CBRL GROUP INC
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0001067294
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	RETAIL-EATING PLACES [5812]
		IRS NUMBER:				621749513
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			TN
		FISCAL YEAR END:			0731

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K
		SEC ACT:		1934 Act
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	000-25225
		FILM NUMBER:		051102591

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		PO BOX 787
		CITY:			LEBANON
		STATE:			TN
		ZIP:			370880787
		BUSINESS PHONE:		6154439217

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		PO BOX 787
		CITY:			LEBANON
		STATE:			TN
		ZIP:			37087
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205.txt
<DESCRIPTION>ANNUAL REPORT
<TEXT>

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

       FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

              (Mark One)
              [x] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                       the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                     For the fiscal year ended July 29, 2005

                                       OR

[ ] Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934

                  For the transition period from to __________

                             Commission file number
                                    000-25225
                              ---------------------

                                CBRL GROUP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Tennessee                                             62-1749513
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                            Identification Number)

305 Hartmann Drive, P.O. Box 787                               37088-0787
Lebanon, Tennessee                                             (Zip code)
(Address of principal executive offices)


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (615) 443-9869
                             ----------------------

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                  Common Stock
                                (Par Value $.01)

                          Common Stock Purchase Rights
                                 (No Par Value)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
                                   Yes X No
                                      --   --

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. __

Indicate  by check mark  whether  the  registrant  is an  accelerated  filer (as
defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2) Yes X No
                                       --   --

Indicate by check mark whether the  registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   No X
                                    --   --

The  aggregate  market  value  of  voting  stock  held by  nonaffiliates  of the
registrant,  by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold,
or the  average  bid and  asked  price  of such  common  equity,  as of the last
business day of the registrant's  most recently  completed second fiscal quarter
which  ended  January  29,  2005,  was  $1,915,969,523.  For  purposes  of  this
computation, all directors,  executive officers and 10% beneficial owners of the
registrant  are assumed to be  affiliates.  This  assumption is not a conclusive
determination for purposes other than this calculation.

As of  September  16,  2005,  there  were  46,668,926  shares  of  common  stock
outstanding.

<PAGE>



                       Documents Incorporated by Reference
                       -----------------------------------

Document from which Portions                               Part of Form 10-K
are Incorporated by Reference                           into which incorporated
- -----------------------------                           -----------------------

1. Annual Report to Shareholders                         Part II
   for the fiscal year ended
   July 29, 2005 (the "2005 Annual Report")

2. Proxy Statement for Annual                            Part III
   Meeting of Shareholders
   to be held November 22, 2005
   (the "2005 Proxy Statement")









                                       2
<PAGE>


                                     PART I
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS                                                          4
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES                                                       13
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS                                                15
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS              15


                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES    18
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA                                          18
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
         AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                                        18
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK       18
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA                      19
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
         ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE                              19
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES                                          19
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION                                                19

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT               21
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION                                           21
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
         AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS                   21
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS                   21
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES                           21

                                     PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES                          22

SIGNATURES                                                                23



                                       3
<PAGE>

     Except for specific historical  information,  the matters discussed in this
Form 10-K,  as well as the 2005  Annual  Report that is  incorporated  herein by
reference, are forward-looking  statements that involve risks, uncertainties and
other factors which may cause actual results and performance of CBRL Group, Inc.
(the  "Company") to differ  materially  from those expressed or implied by those
statements.  All forward-looking  information is provided pursuant to the safe
harbor  established under the Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995
and  should  be  evaluated  in the  context  of these  factors.  Forward-looking
statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology
such as "assumptions,"  "target," "guidance,"  "outlook," "plans," "projection,"
"may," "will," "would," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "believe,"
"potential" or "continue" (or the negative or other derivatives of each of these
terms) or similar  terminology.  Factors  which could  materially  affect actual
results  include,  but are not  limited to: the  effects of  uncertain  consumer
confidence,  higher costs for energy,  mortgage or other consumer debt payments,
or  general  or  regional  economic  weakness  on  sales  and  customer  travel,
discretionary  income or  personal  expenditure  activity;  the  ability  of the
Company  to  identify,   acquire  and  sell   successful  new  lines  of  retail
merchandise;  competitive marketing and operational initiatives;  the ability of
the Company to sustain or the effects of plans  intended to improve  operational
execution and  performance;  the effects of plans intended to promote or protect
the  Company's  brands and  products;  the effects of increased  competition  at
Company  locations on sales and on labor  recruiting,  cost, and retention;  the
availability  and cost of  acceptable  sites for  development  and the Company's
ability to identify  such sites;  the ability of the Company to open and operate
new locations  successfully;  changes in foreign  exchange  rates  affecting the
Company's future retail inventory purchases;  commodity,  workers' compensation,
group  health and  utility  price  changes;  changes in building  materials  and
construction  costs;  consumer behavior based on negative  publicity or concerns
over nutritional or safety aspects of the Company's  products or restaurant food
in  general;   changes  in  or  implementation  of  additional  governmental  or
regulatory rules,  regulations and interpretations  affecting  accounting,  tax,
wage  and  hour  matters,  health  and  safety,  pensions,  insurance  or  other
undeterminable  areas;  practical or psychological  effects of terrorist acts or
war and military or government responses; the ability of and cost to the Company
to recruit, train, and retain qualified hourly and management employees; changes
in interest rates affecting the Company's  financing  costs;  disruptions to the
company's  restaurant  or retail supply  chain;  the actual  results of pending,
future or threatened litigation or governmental investigations and the costs and
effects of negative publicity  associated with these activities;  implementation
of new or changes in interpretation of existing accounting  principles generally
accepted in the United  States of America  ("GAAP");  effectiveness  of internal
controls over financial  reporting;  changes in capital market  conditions  that
could affect  valuations  of  restaurant  companies in general or the  Company's
goodwill in  particular;  and other factors  described  from time to time in the
Company's  filings with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  press
releases, and other communications. References to years (e.g. "2005") are to the
Company's fiscal year unless otherwise specified.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW
     CBRL  Group,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  is a holding  company  that,  through
subsidiaries,  is engaged in the operation and development of the Cracker Barrel
Old Country  Store(R) and Logan's  Roadhouse(R)  restaurant and retail concepts.
The Company was  organized  under the laws of the state of  Tennessee  in August
1998 and maintains an Internet website at cbrlgroup.com.  We make available free
of charge on or through our  Internet  website our  periodic  and other  reports
filed or  furnished  pursuant to Section  13(a) or 15(d) of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act") as soon as  reasonably  practicable
after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

CONCEPTS

Cracker Barrel Old Country Store
- --------------------------------

     Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc. ("Cracker Barrel"), headquartered in
Lebanon,  Tennessee,  through its various affiliates,  as of September 23, 2005,
operated 534  full-service  "country  store"  restaurants  and gift shops, in 41
states.  Cracker  Barrel  stores are intended to appeal to both the traveler and
the local customer and consistently have been a consumer favorite.  During 2005,
for the 15th consecutive year,  Cracker Barrel was named the "Best Family Dining
Restaurant" in the Restaurants & Institutions magazine "Choice in Chains" annual
consumer survey. For the 12th consecutive year, Cracker Barrel was ranked as the
"Best Restaurant  Chain" by Destinations  magazine poll. For the 4th consecutive
year,  Cracker  Barrel was named "The Most RV Friendly  Sit-Down  Restaurant  in

                                       4
<PAGE>

America" by The Good Sam Club. In the 2004 J. D. Power and Associates' inaugural
study of customer satisfaction in the restaurant industry, Cracker Barrel scored
the highest among family dining chains in overall  customer  satisfaction in its
core market regions and the second highest in those regions among all family and
casual  dining  chains.

     Except for Christmas day, when they are closed, and Christmas Eve when they
close at 2:00 p.m., Cracker Barrel restaurants serve breakfast, lunch and dinner
daily  between the hours of 6:00 a.m.  and 10:00 p.m.  (closing at 11:00 p.m. on
Fridays and  Saturdays)  and feature  home style  country  cooking  from Cracker
Barrel's own recipes using quality  ingredients  and  emphasizing  authenticity.
Menu items are moderately priced and include country ham,  chicken,  fish, roast
beef, beans,  turnip greens,  vegetable plates,  salads,  sandwiches,  pancakes,
eggs,  bacon,  sausage and grits among other items. The restaurants do not serve
alcoholic  beverages.  The stores are constructed in a trademarked  rustic,  old
country  store  design with a separate  retail area  offering a wide  variety of
decorative and functional items featuring  rocking chairs,  holiday and seasonal
gifts and toys,  apparel,  cookware and foods,  including  various old fashioned
candies and jellies among other things.  Cracker Barrel offers items for sale in
the retail store that are also featured on, or related to, the restaurant  menu,
such as pies or  cornbread  and  pancake  mixes.  A  typical  store  will  offer
approximately  3,000  stock-keeping  units (SKU's) for sale at any one time. The
Company  believes that Cracker Barrel achieves high retail sales per square foot
(over $450 per square foot of retail  selling space  annually)  both by offering
interesting  merchandise and by having a significant  source of retail customers
from its high volume of restaurant customers,  an average of over 8,000 per week
in an average store.

     Stores are located  primarily along  interstate  highways;  however,  as of
September  23, 2005, 67 stores are located near  "tourist  destinations"  or are
considered  "off-interstate" stores. In 2006, Cracker Barrel intends to open all
of its new stores along interstate  highways as compared to approximately 88% in
2005.  The  Company  believes  it  should  focus  primarily  in the near term on
available interstate locations where Cracker Barrel generates the greatest brand
awareness.  Off-interstate locations are expected to represent a meaningful part
of Cracker Barrel's efforts to expand the brand in future years. The Company has
identified  over  500  trade  areas  for  potential   future   development  with
characteristics that appear to be consistent with those believed to be necessary
to support a successful Cracker Barrel unit.

Logan's Roadhouse
- -----------------

     Logan's Roadhouse, Inc. ("Logan's"), headquartered in Nashville, Tennessee,
as of  September  23,  2005,  operated  127  Logan's  restaurants  in 16 states.
Independent  franchisees  operated an additional 23 Logan's  restaurants in four
states,  including  three states where there  presently are no  Company-operated
Logan's restaurants.  The Logan's concept is designed to appeal to a broad range
of customers by offering  generous portions of  moderately-priced,  high quality
food  in  a  very  casual,   relaxed  dining  environment  that  is  lively  and
entertaining.  Logan's  restaurants  feature steaks,  seafood,  ribs and chicken
dishes among other items served in a distinctive  atmosphere  reminiscent  of an
American  roadhouse of the 1930s and 1940s. In addition to local awards received
in  communities  in which  Logan's  restaurants  operate,  in May 2005,  Logan's
received the Nation's  Restaurant News Menu Masters Award for "Best Menu Revamp"
for its successful  introduction  of new and improved  appetizers and other menu
items including several new seafood items.

     Logan's restaurants are open seven days a week, except for Thanksgiving and
Christmas Days.  Logan's serves lunch and dinner between the hours of 11:00 a.m.
and 10:00 p.m.  (closing at 11:00 p.m. on Fridays and Saturdays) and offers full
bar service. The Logan's menu is designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes,
and  emphasizes  extra-aged,   hand-cut  on-premises,  USDA  choice  steaks  and
signature dishes such as baked sweet potatoes and made-from-scratch yeast rolls.
The fun  atmosphere is enhanced by display  cooking of grilled items and buckets
of  complimentary  roasted  in-shell  peanuts on every  table,  which guests are
encouraged  to enjoy and let the shells fall on the floor.  Alcoholic  beverages
represented slightly less than 9% of Logan's net sales in 2005.

OPERATIONS

Cracker Barrel Old Country Store
- --------------------------------

     Store Format: The format of Cracker Barrel stores consists of a trademarked
rustic, old country-store style building. All stores are freestanding buildings.
Store interiors are subdivided  into a dining room  consisting of  approximately
26% of  the  total  interior  store  space,  and a  retail  shop  consisting  of
approximately  21% of such  space,  with the  balance  primarily  consisting  of
kitchen,  storage and training areas.  All stores have stone  fireplaces,  which
burn wood except  where not  permitted.  All are  decorated  with  antique-style
furnishings and other authentic and nostalgic items,  reminiscent of and similar
to those found and sold in the past in traditional old country stores. The front
porch of each store features rows of the signature Cracker Barrel rocking chairs
that can be used by guests  waiting for a table and are sold by the retail shop.

                                       5
<PAGE>

The kitchens contain modern food preparation and storage equipment  allowing for
flexibility in menu variety and development.

     Products:   Cracker  Barrel's   restaurant   operations,   which  generated
approximately  77% of Cracker  Barrel's total revenue in 2005,  offer home-style
country  cooking   featuring   Cracker   Barrel's  own  recipes  that  emphasize
authenticity and quality. The restaurants offer breakfast, lunch and dinner from
a moderately priced menu.  Breakfast items can be ordered at any time throughout
the day and include juices, eggs, pancakes,  bacon, country ham, sausage, grits,
and a variety of biscuit specialties, such as gravy and biscuits and country ham
and  biscuits.  Prices for a breakfast  meal range from $2.29 to $8.49,  and the
breakfast  day-part  (until  11:00  a.m.)  accounted  for  approximately  22% of
restaurant sales in 2005.

     Lunch (11:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.) and dinner  (4:00 p.m. to close)  day-parts
reflected approximately 36% and 42% of restaurant sales, respectively,  in 2005.
Lunch and dinner items include country ham, chicken and dumplings, chicken fried
chicken,  meatloaf,  country fried steak, pork chops,  fish, steak,  roast beef,
vegetable plates,  salads,  sandwiches,  soups and specialty items such as pinto
beans and turnip greens. The Company periodically features new items as off-menu
specials to enhance customer interest and identify potential future additions to
the menu.  Lunches  and  dinners  range in price from $3.49 to $12.99.  In 2004,
Cracker Barrel introduced a new menu featuring  several new products,  including
daily dinner  features that showcase a popular dinner entree for each day of the
week and a  low-carbohydrate  section  on both its  breakfast  and  lunch/dinner
menus.  During  2005,  Cracker  Barrel  began  offering  seasonal  menus for the
holidays,  winter,  spring, summer and fall in addition to the regular menu. The
seasonal menus each offer new and  interesting  menu items intended to appeal to
guests  during each season of the year.  Some of the items that were featured on
seasonal menus in 2005 were Pepper Mill Sirloin Grill,  Hashbrown  Chicken Bake,
Pecan Crusted  Grilled  Trout,  Grilled Reuben  Sandwich  Platter and Strawberry
Pecan  Chicken  Salad.  The  average  check per guest for fiscal 2005 was $7.99.
Various menu price increases were instituted during 2005, averaging 2.9% for the
year.

     The  retail  operations,  which  generated  approximately  23%  of  Cracker
Barrel's  total  revenue  in  2005,  offer  a wide  variety  of  decorative  and
functional items such as rocking chairs,  seasonal gifts,  toys,  apparel,  cast
iron  cookware,   old-fashioned-looking  ceramics,  figurines,  a  book-on-audio
sale-and-exchange  program  and  various  other gift  items,  as well as various
candies,  preserves,  syrups and other food items.  The typical  Cracker  Barrel
retail shop features  approximately 3,000 SKU's. Many of the food items are sold
under the "Cracker  Barrel Old Country Store" brand name.  Cracker Barrel offers
items for sale in the retail store that also are featured on, or related to, the
restaurant  menu, such as cornbread and pancake mixes. The Company believes that
Cracker Barrel  achieves high retail sales per square foot (over $450 per square
foot of retail selling space  annually) both by offering  appealing  merchandise
and by having a significant  source of retail  customers from the high volume of
restaurant customers - an average of over 8,000 per week in a typical store. The
substantial  majority  of  sales  in the  retail  area  are  estimated  to be to
customers who also are guests in the restaurant.

     Product  Development and Merchandising:  Cracker Barrel maintains a product
development  department,  which develops new and improved menu items in response
either  to shifts  in  customer  preferences  or to  create  customer  interest.
Coordinated seasonal promotions are used regularly in the restaurants and retail
shops.  The  Cracker  Barrel   merchandising   department   attempts  to  select
merchandise  for the retail  shop that  reinforces  the  nostalgic  theme of the
restaurant.  In 2005,  Cracker Barrel  partnered  with  Grammy(R)  Award-winners
Alison  Krauss and Union  Station to produce an exclusive CD titled "Home on the
Highways"  featuring favorite songs selected by Ms. Krauss and her band. Cracker
Barrel also sponsored the Alison Krauss and Union Station Tour "2005 Lonely Runs
Both Ways." In 2005,  Cracker  Barrel  announced  additional  music  compilation
partnerships with Charlie Daniels, scheduled to begin sales in October 2005, and
Sara  Evans,  scheduled  to begin  sales in February  2006.  These  partnerships
complement  Cracker  Barrel's  existing  proprietary  line of first  editions of
"American Music Legends" series of CD's featuring music stars from Elvis Presley
to Patsy Cline and other music celebrities.  Cracker Barrel also offers for sale
in its retail  shops its  proprietary  line of  "Heritage  Music" CDs  featuring
various styles of traditional American music from bluegrass, to blues, to Cajun,
to gospel and other styles. In 2005, Cracker Barrel entered into an agreement to
sponsor the Grand Ole  Opry(TM),  the showcase of country music and, with nearly
80 years on the air, America's longest running radio program

     Store  Management and Quality  Controls:  Cracker Barrel store  management,
typically  consisting of one general  manager,  four associate  managers and one
retail  manager,  are  responsible  for an average of 100-120  employees  on two
shifts. The relative  complexity of operating a Cracker Barrel store requires an
effective  management  team at the  individual  store level.  As a motivation to
store  managers to improve sales and  operational  performance,  Cracker  Barrel
maintains a bonus plan designed to provide store  management with an opportunity
to share in the profits of their store. The bonus plan also rewards managers who

                                       6
<PAGE>

achieve  specific  operational  targets.  To assure that  individual  stores are
operated at a high level of quality, Cracker Barrel emphasizes the selection and
training  of store  managers.  It also  employs  district  managers  to  support
individual  store  managers and regional vice  presidents to support  individual
district managers.  A district manager's individual span of control typically is
seven to eight  individual  restaurants,  and regional vice  presidents  support
seven to nine district managers. Each store is assigned to both a restaurant and
a retail district manager and each district is assigned to both a restaurant and
a retail  regional vice  president.  The various levels of restaurant and retail
management work closely together.

     The  store  management  recruiting  and  training  program  begins  with an
evaluation  and  screening  process.  In  addition to  multiple  interviews  and
background and experience verification, Cracker Barrel conducts testing designed
to identify  those  applicants  most  likely to be best  suited to manage  store
operations.  Those candidates who successfully  pass this screening  process are
then required to complete an 11-week training program  consisting of seven weeks
of in-store  training and four weeks of training at Cracker  Barrel's  corporate
facilities.  This program allows new managers the opportunity to become familiar
with Cracker Barrel operations,  culture,  management  objectives,  controls and
evaluation  criteria before assuming management  responsibility.  Cracker Barrel
provides its managers and hourly  employees  with ongoing  training  through its
various   development  courses  taught  through  a  blended  learning  approach,
including hands-on,  classroom,  written and Internet-based training. Each store
is equipped with training  computers  for the  Internet-based  computer-assisted
instruction  programs.  Additionally,  each  store  typically  has  an  employee
training coordinator who oversees training of the store's hourly employees.

     Purchasing and Distribution:  Cracker Barrel negotiates  directly with food
vendors  as to  specification,  price  and  other  material  terms of most  food
purchases.  When  practical,  Cracker  Barrel  coordinates  with the  purchasing
department  at  Logan's  to  seek  possible   volume   purchases  from  combined
activities.  Cracker  Barrel  is a party  to a  prime  vendor  contract  with an
unaffiliated distributor with custom distribution centers in Lebanon, Tennessee;
McKinney,  Texas;  Gainesville,  Florida;  Elkton, Maryland; and Ft. Mill, South
Carolina.  This vendor's contract currently runs through 2007 with minimal price
increases each year in 2006 and 2007.  The contract  requires the Company to pay
for market fuel prices that exceed certain  designated prices. The contract will
remain in effect  until  both  parties  mutually  modify it in  writing or until
terminated by either  Cracker  Barrel or the  distributor  upon 180 days written
notice to the other party.  Cracker  Barrel  purchases  the majority of its food
products and restaurant  supplies on a cost-plus basis through this unaffiliated
distributor.  The  distributor  is  responsible  for  placing  food  orders  and
warehousing and delivering food products to Cracker Barrel's stores.  Deliveries
generally are made once per week to the individual  stores.  Certain  perishable
food items are purchased locally by Cracker Barrel stores.

     Four food  categories  (beef,  dairy  (including  eggs),  pork and poultry)
account for the largest shares of Cracker  Barrel's food  purchasing  expense at
approximately  14%,  14%,  12% and 10%,  respectively,  but each  category  does
include several  individual items. The single food item within these categories,
accounting for the largest share of Cracker  Barrel's food  purchasing  expense,
was chicken  tenderloin at approximately  6% of food purchases in 2005.  Cracker
Barrel purchases its beef through six vendors,  pork through eight vendors,  and
poultry through eight vendors.  Cracker Barrel purchases its chicken  tenderloin
through two  vendors.  Dairy and eggs are  purchased  through  numerous  vendors
including  local  vendors.  Should  any food items  from  these  vendors  become
unavailable,  management  believes  that these food items  could be  obtained in
sufficient quantities from other sources at competitive prices.

     The  majority of retail  items  (approximately  72% in 2005) are  centrally
purchased directly by Cracker Barrel from domestic and international vendors and
warehoused at the Company's owned Lebanon  distribution center. The distribution
center is a 367,200 square foot warehouse facility with 36 foot ceilings and 170
bays,  and includes an additional  13,800 square feet of office and  maintenance
space. The distribution  center fulfills retail item orders generated by Cracker
Barrel's  automated  replenishment  system and generally ships the retail orders
once a week to the individual  stores by a third-party  dedicated  freight line.
The contract  with this freight line requires the Company to pay for market fuel
prices  that  exceed  certain  designated  prices.  Certain  retail  items,  not
centrally purchased and warehoused at the distribution  center, are drop-shipped
directly from Cracker  Barrel's vendors to its stores.  Approximately  28-30% of
Cracker  Barrel's  retail  purchases in 2005 were  directly  from vendors in the
People's  Republic  of  China.  During  2005,  Cracker  Barrel  entered  into  a
relationship  with a foreign  buying  agency to source  product  and  supplement
product development.

     Cost and Inventory Controls:  Cracker Barrel's computer systems and various
analytical  tools are used to evaluate store  operating  information and provide
management with reports to support detection of unusual variances in food costs,
labor costs or operating  expenses.  Management also monitors  individual  store
restaurant  and retail  sales on a daily basis and closely  monitors  sales mix,
sales trends,  operational costs and inventory levels. The information generated

                                       7
<PAGE>

by the computer  systems,  analysis tools and  monitoring  processes are used to
manage the operations of each store,  replenish  retail  inventory levels and to
facilitate  retail  purchasing  decisions.  These systems and processes also are
used in the development of forecasts, budget analyses, and planning.

     Guest  Satisfaction:  Cracker Barrel is committed to providing its guests a
home-style,  country-cooked meal, and a variety of retail merchandise served and
sold with genuine hospitality in a comfortable environment, in a way that evokes
memories of the past.  Cracker Barrel's  commitment to offering guests a quality
experience begins with its employees. Its mission statement,  "Pleasing People,"
embraces guests and employees alike, and the Company's  employees are trained on
the  importance of that mission in a culture of mutual  respect.  Cracker Barrel
also is committed to staffing each store with an experienced  management team to
ensure attentive guest service and consistent food quality.  Through the regular
use of guest surveys and store visits by its district managers and regional vice
presidents,  management receives valuable feedback, which it uses in its ongoing
efforts to improve the stores and to  demonstrate  Cracker  Barrel's  continuing
commitment to pleasing its guests.  Cracker Barrel also has for many years had a
guest-relations  call center that takes comments and suggestions from guests and
forwards them to operations or other  management for  information and follow up.
Cracker Barrel has public notices in its menus, on its website and posted in its
restaurants  informing  customers  and  employees  about how to contact  Cracker
Barrel by Internet or toll-free  telephone number with questions,  complaints or
concerns regarding services or products. Cracker Barrel conducts training in how
to gather  information and investigate and resolve  customer  concerns.  This is
accompanied  by  comprehensive  training  for all  store  employees  on  Cracker
Barrel's public  accommodations  policy and its commitment to "pleasing people."
In 2005, the Company  implemented an anonymous,  unannounced,  third-party store
testing program,  to ensure compliance with its guest satisfaction  policies and
commitments.   In  2006,   Cracker  Barrel  expects  to  introduce  an  improved
interactive voice response ("IVR") system to monitor operational performance and
guest satisfaction at all stores on an ongoing basis. Cracker Barrel has used an
IVR system in the past to monitor  the  performance  of new  restaurants  and to
provide insight into the performance of under-performing stores.

     Marketing:  Outdoor  advertising (i.e.,  billboards and state department of
transportation  signs)  is the  primary  advertising  medium  utilized  to reach
consumers in the primary  trade area for each  Cracker  Barrel store and also to
reach  interstate  travelers and  tourists.  Outdoor  advertising  accounted for
approximately 60% of advertising  expenditures in 2005, with approximately 1,700
billboards  at year-end,  of which 135 were provided  without  charge to Cracker
Barrel for a limited  period of time by their owners to celebrate  the Company's
35th  anniversary.  In recent years Cracker  Barrel has utilized  other types of
media,  such as radio  and  print,  in its core  markets  to  maintain  customer
awareness,  and outside of its core markets to increase  name  awareness  and to
build brand  loyalty.  Cracker  Barrel defines its core markets based on average
weekly sales, geographic location, longevity in the market and name awareness in
each market.  Cracker Barrel plans to maintain its overall advertising  spending
at approximately  2% of Cracker  Barrel's  revenues in 2006, as it generally has
since 2000. Outdoor  advertising should continue to represent  approximately 60%
of  advertising  expenditures  in 2006.  New store  locations  generally are not
advertised in the media until several weeks after they have been opened in order
to give the staff time to adjust to local customer habits and traffic volume.

Logan's Roadhouse
- -----------------

     Store Format:  Logan's restaurants  generally are constructed of rough-hewn
cedar siding in combination with bands of corrugated metal outlined in red neon.
Interiors  are decorated  with murals and other  artifacts  depicting  scenes or
billboard  advertisements  reminiscent  of American  roadhouses of the 1930s and
1940s,  with  concrete  and wooden  planked  floors and neon signs.  The lively,
upbeat,  friendly,  relaxed  atmosphere  seeks to appeal to  families,  couples,
single adults and business people.  The restaurants  feature display cooking and
an old-fashioned  meat counter  displaying ribs and hand-cut USDA choice steaks,
and also include a spacious, comfortable bar area. While dining or waiting for a
table, guests may eat complimentary roasted in-shell peanuts and toss the shells
on the floor.  In the waiting area they also may watch as cooks  prepare  steaks
and other entrees on gas-fired  mesquite grills.  During 2006,  Logan's plans to
begin installation of complimentary  jukeboxes in the waiting or bar area of all
its  restaurants to allow guests to select some of their favorite  music.  These
features  are  intended  to  emphasize  a  welcoming,   lively,   roadhouse-type
environment  in  order  to  enhance  the  differentiation  of the  concept  with
consumers.  Logan's  has  developed,  designed  and  opened  one  new  prototype
restaurant that it is testing and expects to open regularly, beginning in 2007.

     Products: Beginning in 2004, Logan's began revamping its menu and expanding
its  offerings  of  appetizers  and entrees to broaden the appeal of the Logan's
concept,  while still offering affordable  high-quality steaks. In 2005, Logan's
introduced specialty appetizers,  including Smokin' Hot Grilled Wings, Lightnin'
Hot Shrimp Bucket, and San Antonio Chicken Wraps and new "craveable" entrees and
salads  including  Santa Fe Tilapia,  Southern Fried Catfish,  Filet and Grilled
Shrimp  Combos and Logan's  Kickin'  Chickin'  Salad.  The  Logan's  dinner menu
features an assortment of specially seasoned USDA choice steaks, extra-aged, and

                                       8
<PAGE>

cut by hand on premises.  Guests also may choose from slow-cooked baby back
ribs,  mesquite-grilled  chicken, seafood items and an assortment of hamburgers,
salads and sandwiches.  All dinner entrees include made-from-scratch yeast rolls
and a choice of two side items  which  include  dinner  salad,  brown  sugar and
cinnamon sweet potato, baked potato, mashed potatoes, grilled vegetables,  fries
or other side items at no additional  cost.  Logan's express lunch menu provides
specially  priced  items to be served in less than 15 minutes.  All lunch salads
are served with  made-from-scratch  yeast rolls,  and all lunch  sandwiches  are
served with  home-style  potato chips. In 2005,  lunch and dinner  accounted for
approximately  35% and 65% of Logan's  sales,  respectively.  Prices  range from
$4.99 to $8.99 for lunch items and from $5.69 to $19.99 for dinner entrees.  The
average check per customer for 2005 was $12.32,  including alcoholic  beverages.
Slightly  less  than 9% of  Logan's  net  sales  in  2005  were  from  alcoholic
beverages.  In most of its  restaurants  Logan's offers a happy hour intended to
increase  responsible  alcohol  sales.  The happy  hour  emphasizes  responsible
alcohol  service  through  training and  operational  standards.  Various  price
increases were instituted during 2005 and averaged 3.2% for the year.

     Product Development: Logan's employs a full-time Vice President of Menu and
Culinary  Innovation  who is  dedicated to enhancing  and  developing  the brand
through  improved and  appealing  product  offerings.  Logan's tests various new
products  in an effort to select  items with high guest  appeal in  response  to
changing customer tastes. In order to maximize  operating  efficiencies and cost
effectively  provide  fresh  ingredients  for  its  food  products,   purchasing
decisions are made by Logan's  corporate  management.  Management  believes that
Logan's has adequate flexibility to meet future shifts in consumer preference on
a timely basis.

     Restaurant  Management and Quality Controls:  Logan's restaurant management
typically  consists of a general  manager,  one kitchen  manager and two to four
assistant  managers who are responsible for  approximately 80 hourly  employees.
Each restaurant management team typically is comprised of one to two persons who
were promoted into management positions from non-management  positions and three
to four managers with previous management experience.  Each restaurant employs a
skilled  meat-cutter to cut steaks from USDA choice beef. The general manager of
each restaurant is responsible for the day-to-day  operations of the restaurant,
including  maintaining high standards of quality and performance  established by
Logan's corporate  management.  The complexity of operating a Logan's restaurant
requires an effective  management team at the individual  restaurant level. As a
motivation  to  restaurant   managers  to  increase   revenues  and  operational
performance, Logan's maintains an incentive bonus plan that rewards managers for
achieving  sales and profit targets as well as key operating  cost measures.  To
assure that  individual  restaurants  are operated at high standards of quality,
Logan's has regional managers to support  individual  restaurant  managers along
with one director and two regional  vice  presidents  of  operations  to support
individual  regional managers.  Each regional manager typically supports five to
six individual  restaurants.  The director of operations  supports four regional
managers and the regional vice  presidents  of  operations  support ten regional
managers  each.  Through  regular visits to the  restaurants,  the regional vice
presidents,  the director of operations,  the regional managers and other senior
management  ensure that the Logan's  concept,  strategy and standards of quality
are being adhered to.

     Logan's requires that its restaurant  managers have significant  experience
in the  full-service  restaurant  industry.  All new  managers  are  required to
complete up to eight weeks of training at a Logan's  restaurant  and one week of
classroom training conducted at the Logan's training facility in Nashville.  The
course  emphasizes  the Logan's  operating  strategy,  procedures and standards.
Logan's also has a specialized training program required for managers and hourly
service employees on responsible alcohol service.

     Purchasing and  Distribution:  Logan's  strives to obtain  consistent  high
quality  ingredients  at  competitive  prices  from  reliable  sources.  Logan's
negotiates  directly  with food  vendors as to  specifications,  price and other
material terms of most food purchases. When practical,  Logan's coordinates with
the purchasing  department at Cracker Barrel to seek possible  volume  purchases
from combined  activities.  Logan's  purchases the majority of its food products
and  restaurant  supplies on a  cost-plus  basis  through the same  unaffiliated
distributor  that is used by Cracker Barrel.  The distributor is responsible for
placing food orders and  warehousing  and  delivering  food products for Logan's
restaurants.  Certain  perishable  food  items  are  purchased  locally  by  the
restaurants.

     The single food item accounting for the largest share  (approximately  36%)
of Logan's food cost is beef.  Steaks are hand-cut on the premises,  in contrast
to many in the restaurant industry that purchase  pre-portioned steaks.  Logan's
presently purchases its beef through one supply contract.  Should any beef items
from this supplier become unavailable for any reason,  management  believes that
such items could be  obtained in  sufficient  quantities  from other  sources at
competitive prices.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     Cost and Inventory  Controls:  Management  closely monitors sales,  product
costs and labor at each of its  restaurants.  Daily sales and weekly  restaurant
operating  results are analyzed by management to detect trends at each location,
and negative trends are addressed  promptly.  Financial  controls are maintained
through  management of an accounting and information  management  system that is
implemented  at  the  restaurant  level.  Administrative  and  management  staff
prepares daily reports of sales,  labor and customer counts.  On a weekly basis,
condensed  operating  statements are compiled by the  accounting  department and
provide management a detailed analysis of sales, product and labor costs, with a
comparison to budget and prior year performance.  These systems also are used in
the development of budget analyses and planning.

     Guest  Satisfaction:  Logan's is committed to providing its guests  prompt,
friendly,  efficient service,  keeping  table-to-server  ratios low and staffing
each  restaurant with an experienced  management team to ensure  attentive guest
service and  consistent  food  quality.  Through  the  regular use of  marketing
research,  guest  feedback  to  the  managers  while  in the  restaurant  and an
outsourced  guest  satisfaction  survey program,  management  receives  valuable
feedback,  which it uses to improve  restaurant  operations  and  monitor  guest
satisfaction.  The  satisfaction  survey  program  delivers  50-150 guest survey
responses per restaurant each month.  Each selected guest is invited to take the
survey via a random  invitation  on the guest receipt and receives a discount of
$3.00 off their next food  purchase.  The program allows Logan's to identify and
focus on key drivers of guest satisfaction and monitor long-term trends in guest
satisfaction and perception.

     Marketing:  Logan's employs an advertising and marketing  strategy designed
to establish  and maintain a high level of name  recognition  and to attract new
customers.  Management's  goal is to develop a greater  number of restaurants in
certain markets to support and enhance the use of television,  radio and outdoor
advertising. In 2005 Logan's spent approximately 1.0% of revenues on advertising
and  expects to spend  approximately  1.5% of revenues  in 2006.  In 2004,  with
changes in Logan's management and the resulting refocus of management priorities
on improving the brand and clarifying  its media message,  Logan's spent less on
advertising.  In  2005,  Logan's  developed  and  tested a new  advertising  and
marketing  program,  including new  television and radio  advertising,  which it
plans  to  introduce  in 2006 in  markets  encompassing  approximately  half its
company-owned  restaurants.  Logan's  also  engages in a variety of  promotional
activities,  such as contributing  personnel,  money and complimentary  meals to
charitable,  civic and cultural programs,  in order to increase public awareness
of Logan's restaurants. Logan's also has certain relationships with the National
Football League's Tennessee Titans,  including two concession  facilities (named
"Logan's  Landing")  inside  the  Nashville,   Tennessee  Coliseum  and  various
promotions  during and around  the games as well as other  events,  such as home
football games for Tennessee State University.

     Franchising:  Prior  to the  Company  acquiring  Logan's  Roadhouse,  Inc.,
Logan's had entered into certain area  development  agreements and  accompanying
franchise  agreements.  As of September  23, 2005,  two  franchisees  operate 23
Logan's  restaurants  in  four  states,  and  have  rights  under  the  existing
agreements, subject to development terms, conditions and timing requirements, to
open up to 18  additional  locations in those same states plus parts of Nevada.
Certain of the  agreements  have  provided for the possible  acquisition  of the
franchise  locations in the  territory by Logan's.  Management  is not currently
planning any other franchising initiatives in the near future beyond the current
agreements,  although Logan's believes  additional  franchising  could become an
opportunity in the future. Logan's offers no financing,  financial guarantees or
other financial  assistance to its franchisees and has no ownership  interest in
any franchisee properties or assets.

UNIT DEVELOPMENT

     Cracker  Barrel opened 25 new stores in 2005.  Cracker Barrel plans to open
26 new stores  during 2006,  five of which already were open as of September 23,
2005.

     Logan's opened 17 new company-operated restaurants and three new franchised
restaurants  in  2005.   Logan's  plans  to  open  22-24  new   company-operated
restaurants  and four  franchised  restaurants  during  2006,  and  three of the
planned company-operated restaurants already were open as of September 23, 2005.

     Of the 534 Cracker Barrel stores open as of September 23, 2005, the Company
owns 384,  while the other 150 properties are either ground leases or ground and
building  leases.  The current Cracker Barrel store  prototype is  approximately
10,000  square  feet  including  approximately  2,100  square feet in the retail
selling  space.  The prototype has 194 seats in the  restaurant.  Cracker Barrel
plans  to  modify  the  prototype  in 2006 to  provide  additional  seating  and
operational flexibility.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     Of the 150  Logan's  restaurants  open as of  September  23,  2005,  23 are
franchised restaurants.  Of the remaining 127 Logan's restaurants,  63 are owned
and  64  are  ground  leases.  The  current  Logan's  restaurant   prototype  is
approximately  8,200 square feet with 284 seats,  including 22 seats at the bar.
Logan's has recently  developed  and designed a new  prototype  restaurant,  the
first  of which  opened  in early  2006.  The  Company  plans  to  evaluate  the
effectiveness  and cost of the new  prototype  and  incorporate  changes  into a
revised design expected to begin to be used in 2007 openings.

EMPLOYEES

     As of July 29, 2005, CBRL Group,  Inc.  employed 29 people, of whom 12 were
in advisory  and  supervisory  capacities  and 6 were  officers of the  Company.
Cracker  Barrel  employed  approximately  64,000  people,  of whom  508  were in
advisory and supervisory  capacities,  3,176 were in store management  positions
and 35 were officers.  Logan's employed  approximately 11,000 people, of whom 89
were in advisory and supervisory  capacities,  632 were in restaurant management
positions  and 9 were  officers.  Many  restaurant  personnel  are employed on a
part-time  basis.  None of the employees of the Company or its  subsidiaries are
represented by any union, and management  considers its employee relations to be
good.

COMPETITION

     The  restaurant  industry is intensely  competitive  with respect to price,
service,  location,  and food  quality.  The Company  competes  with a number of
national and regional  restaurant  chains as well as locally owned  restaurants.
The  restaurant  business  is often  affected  by  changes  in  consumer  taste,
national,  regional,  or local economic  conditions,  traffic patterns,  and the
type, number, and location of competing restaurants.  In addition,  factors such
as  inflation,  increased  food,  labor  and  benefits  costs  and  the  lack of
experienced  management and hourly employees may adversely affect the restaurant
industry in general and the Company's restaurants in particular.


RAW MATERIALS SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY

     Essential  restaurant  supplies and raw materials  are generally  available
from several sources.  However,  in the  restaurants,  certain branded items are
single source products or product lines. Generally, the Company is not dependent
upon single  sources of  supplies or raw  materials.  The  Company's  ability to
maintain  consistent  quality  throughout its restaurant  system depends in part
upon its  ability to acquire  food  products  and  related  items from  reliable
sources. When the supply of certain products is uncertain or prices are expected
to rise significantly, the Company may enter into purchase contracts or purchase
bulk quantities for future use.

     Adequate  alternative  sources of supply,  as well as the ability to adjust
menus  if  needed,  are  believed  to exist  for  substantially  all  restaurant
products. The Company's retail supply chain generally involves longer lead-times
and, often,  more remote sources of product,  including the People's Republic of
China,  and most of the Company's  retail  product is  distributed to its stores
through a single distribution center.  Disruption of the Company's retail supply
chain could be more difficult to overcome, but the Company is evaluating ways to
mitigate such disruptions.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     Federal,  state  and  local  environmental  laws and  regulations  have not
historically had a significant impact on the operations of the Company; however,
the  Company  cannot  predict  the  effect  of  possible  future   environmental
legislation of regulations on its operations.

TRADEMARKS

     Cracker  Barrel and Logan's deem the  trademarks and service marks owned by
them or their affiliates to be of substantial  value.  Their policy is to obtain
federal  registration  of  their  trademarks  and  other  intellectual  property
whenever possible and to pursue vigorously any infringement of trademarks.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     While  research  and  development  are  important  to  the  Company,  these
expenditures  have not been  material  due to the nature of the  restaurant  and
retail industry.

                                       11
<PAGE>

SEASONAL ASPECTS

     Historically, the profits of the Company have been lower in the first three
fiscal quarters and highest in the fourth fiscal quarter, which includes much of
the summer vacation and travel season.  Management  attributes  these variations
primarily to the increase in interstate  tourist  traffic and propensity to dine
out during the summer  months,  whereas  after the school year begins and as the
winter months  approach,  there is a decrease in interstate  tourist traffic and
less of a tendency to dine out due to inclement  weather.  The Company's  retail
sales  historically  have been highest in the Company's  second fiscal  quarter,
which includes the Christmas holiday shopping season.

WORKING CAPITAL

     In the restaurant  industry,  substantially  all sales  transactions  occur
either  in cash or by  third-party  credit  card.  Like  most  other  restaurant
companies, the Company is able to, and may often, operate with a working capital
deficit.  Restaurant  inventories purchased through the Company's principal food
distributor  are on  terms  of  net  zero  days,  while  restaurant  inventories
purchased locally generally are financed through normal trade credit. Because of
its retail  operations,  which have a lower product turnover than the restaurant
business,  the Company carries larger  inventories  than many other companies in
the restaurant industry. Retail inventories purchased domestically generally are
financed from normal trade credit,  while imported retail inventories  generally
are purchased through letters of credit and wire transfers.  These various trade
terms are aided by rapid product turnover of the restaurant inventory.  Employee
compensation and benefits payable generally may be related to weekly,  bi-weekly
or semi-monthly pay cycles,  and many other operating expenses have normal trade
terms.


                                       12
<PAGE>


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     The Company's  corporate  headquarters are located on  approximately  eight
acres of land owned by the  Company in  Lebanon,  Tennessee.  The  Company  uses
10,000 square feet of office space for its corporate headquarters.

     The Cracker  Barrel  corporate  headquarters  and warehouse  facilities are
located on  approximately  120 acres of land owned by Cracker Barrel in Lebanon,
Tennessee.  Cracker Barrel utilizes  approximately 110,000 square feet of office
space for its corporate headquarters and decorative fixtures warehouse.  Cracker
Barrel  also  utilizes  367,200  square  feet  of  warehouse  facilities  and an
additional  13,800  square feet of office and  maintenance  space for its retail
distribution center.

     The Logan's  corporate  headquarters  and training  facility are located in
approximately  35,000  and  6,000  square  feet,  respectively,   in  Nashville,
Tennessee, under two leases, both of which expire on February 28, 2015.

     In  addition  to the  various  corporate  facilities,  the  Company  has 32
properties  (owned or leased) for future  development,  a motel used for housing
management  trainees and for the general public, and five parcels of excess real
property  and  improvements  including  one leased  property,  which the Company
intends to dispose of.







                                       13
<PAGE>


     Cracker Barrel and Logan's own or lease the following  store  properties as
of September 23, 2005:

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                          <C>        <C>              <C>        <C>             <C>
         State                        Cracker Barrel                  Logan's                  Combined
         -----                        --------------                  -------                  --------
                                     Owned      Leased           Owned      Leased          Owned     Leased
                                     -----      ------           -----      ------          -----     ------

        Tennessee                       35          12              12           5             47         17
        Florida                         39          13               4           2             43         15
        Texas                           25           4              11          11             36         15
        Georgia                         27           9               7           5             34         14
        Alabama                         17           9               8           5             25         14
        Indiana                         21           5               6           5             27         10
        Ohio                            23           9               1           2             24         11
        Kentucky                        19           9               -           5             19         14
        Michigan                        14           3               2          12             16         15
        Virginia                        19           4               6           2             25          6
        North Carolina                  22           8               -           -             22          8
        Illinois                        21           2               -           -             21          2
        Pennsylvania                     9          11               -           -              9         11
        South Carolina                  11           7               -           -             11          7
        Mississippi                      8           3               2           3             10          6
        Missouri                        12           3               -           1             12          4
        Louisiana                        7           2               3           2             10          4
        Arkansas                         4           6               1           1              5          7
        West Virginia                    3           5               -           2              3          7
        Arizona                          2           7               -           -              2          7
        New York                         7           1               -           -              7          1
        Oklahoma                         4           2               -           1              4          3
        New Jersey                       2           4               -           -              2          4
        Kansas                           4           1               -           -              4          1
        Wisconsin                        5           -               -           -              5          -
        Colorado                         3           1               -           -              3          1
        Maryland                         3           1               -           -              3          1
        Massachusetts                    -           4               -           -              -          4
        Iowa                             3           -               -           -              3          -
        New Mexico                       2           1               -           -              2          1
        Utah                             3           -               -           -              3          -
        Connecticut                      1           1               -           -              1          1
        Minnesota                        2           -               -           -              2          -
        Montana                          2           -               -           -              2          -
        Nebraska                         1           1               -           -              1          1
        Delaware                         -           1               -           -              -          1
        Idaho                            1           -               -           -              1          -
        New Hampshire                    1           -               -           -              1          -
        North Dakota                     1           -               -           -              1          -
        Rhode Island                     -           1               -           -              -          1
        South Dakota                     1           -               -           -              1          -

        Total                          384         150              63          64            447        214
</TABLE>

     See "Business-Operations" and "Business-Unit Development" in Item I of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for  additional  information on the Company's and its
subsidiaries' properties.


                                       14
<PAGE>

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Part I, Item 3 of the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year
ended July 30, 2004 is incorporated herein by this reference.

     Item  7.01 of the  Company's  Current  Report  on Form 8-K  filed  with the
Commission on September 9, 2004 is incorporated herein by this reference.

     See also Note 10 to the Company's  Consolidated  Financial Statements filed
or  incorporated  by reference  into in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, which also is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     Not applicable.







                                       15
<PAGE>


Pursuant  to  Instruction  3 to  Item  401(b)  of  Regulation  S-K  and  General
Instruction  G(3) to Form 10-K, the following  information is included in Part I
of this Form 10-K.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the executive
officers of the Company, as of September 23, 2005:
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>               <C>
Name                                   Age               Position with Registrant
- ----                                   ---               ------------------------

Michael A. Woodhouse                    60               Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer

Lawrence E. White                       55               Senior Vice President, Finance & Chief Financial
                                                         Officer

N. B. Forrest Shoaf                     55               Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

Norman J. Hill                          63               Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Patrick A. Scruggs                      41               Vice President, Accounting and Tax, & Chief
                                                         Accounting Officer

Cyril J. Taylor                         51               President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Cracker
                                                         Barrel Old Country Store, Inc.

David L. Gilbert                        48               Chief Administrative Officer of Cracker Barrel Old
                                                         Country Store, Inc.

G. Thomas Vogel                         41               President and Chief Operating Officer of Logan's
                                                         Roadhouse, Inc.
</TABLE>
     The  following  information  summarizes  the  business  experience  of each
executive officer of the Company for at least the past five years:

     Mr.  Woodhouse  has been  employed  by the Company or its  subsidiaries  in
various  capacities  since 1995. Mr. Woodhouse served the Company as Senior Vice
President of Finance and CFO from January 1999 to July 1999,  as Executive  Vice
President and Chief Operating  Officer ("COO") from August 1999 until July 2000,
as President and COO from August 2000 until July 2001, and then as President and
Chief Executive Officer from August 2001 until November 2004 when he assumed his
current  positions.  Mr.  Woodhouse has 21 years of experience in the restaurant
industry and 13 years of experience in the retail industry.

     Mr. White has been  employed by the Company in his current  capacity  since
September  1999.  Prior to that,  he was  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief
Financial Officer of Boston Chicken, Inc., where he was part of a new management
team brought in for an operational  and financial  turnaround.  Mr. White has 18
years of experience in the restaurant  industry and 6 years of experience in the
retail industry.

     Mr.  Shoaf began his  employment  with the Company in April 2005.  Prior to
that, he was Managing Director of Investment Banking for Avondale Partners, LLC.
From 1996-2000,  he was a Managing Director of J.C. Bradford and from 2000-2003,
a Managing Director in the investment banking group of Morgan Keegan, a Memphis,
Tennessee  based  investment  banking firm and head of its  Nashville  Corporate
Finance Office.

     Mr. Hill has been employed by the Company or its  subsidiaries  since 1996.
He assumed  his  current  position  in January  2002.  Mr.  Hill has 26 years of
experience in the restaurant industry and nine years of experience in the retail
industry.

     Mr. Scruggs has been employed by the Company or its subsidiaries in various
capacities  since 1989. He assumed his current position in 2003. Mr. Scruggs has
16 years of experience in the restaurant and retail industries.

                                       16
<PAGE>

     Mr. Taylor  started his career with Cracker  Barrel in 1978 as a Restaurant
Management  Trainee and has  regularly  been promoted to positions of increasing
responsibility  and authority,  becoming  Senior Vice President of Operations in
July of 2003. Prior to becoming Senior Vice President of Operations,  Mr. Taylor
was Senior Vice President of Restaurant  Operations  from August of 2002 to July
of 2003,  Divisional Vice President of Restaurant Operations from August of 2000
to July of 2002 and Vice President of Operations Administration from August 1999
to July 2000. Mr. Taylor has 27 years of experience in the restaurant and retail
industries.

     Mr.  Gilbert  joined  Cracker  Barrel in July 2001.  Prior to that,  he was
employed  by  Shoney's   Inc.  as  its  Executive   Vice   President  and  Chief
Administrative  Officer  from  January  1999 to July  2001 and its  Senior  Vice
President of Real Estate from January 1998 to January 1999.  Mr.  Gilbert has 27
years of experience in the  restaurant  industry and four years of experience in
the retail industry.

     Mr. Vogel joined Logan's in August 2003.  Prior to that, he was employed by
Darden  Restaurants Inc. since August 1991 serving in various capacities for its
Red  Lobster   concept,   including   Senior  Vice   President  of   Operations,
West/Southeast  Divisions from June 1999 to August 2003,  Vice President of Food
and Beverage from November 1997 to June 1999, and Concept  Development  Director
from March 1995 to November  1997.  Mr. Vogel has 19 years of  experience in the
restaurant industry.





                                       17
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
         ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     The Company's  Common Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market  (National
Market System) ("Nasdaq") under the symbol CBRL. There were 13,293  shareholders
of record as of September 16, 2005.

     The table  "Market  Price and Dividend  Information"  contained in the 2005
Annual Report is  incorporated  herein by this  reference.  Part III, Item 12 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K is  incorporated  in this Item of this Report by
this reference.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
- ---------------------------------------

     There  were no equity  securities  sold by the  Company  during  the period
covered by this Annual  Report on Form 10-K that were not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
- -------------------------------------

     The  following  table sets forth  information  with respect to purchases of
shares of the Company's common stock made during the quarter ended July 29, 2005
by or on behalf of the Company or any "affiliated purchaser," as defined by Rule
10b-18(a)(3) of the Exchange Act:
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                            <C>                 <C>                 <C>                   <C>



                                                                                 Total Number            Maximum
                                                                                  of Shares             Number of
                                                                                 Purchased as          Shares that
                                                                                   Part of              May Yet Be
                                         Total Number           Average           Publicly              Purchased
                                           of Shares           Price Paid         Announced             Under the
                                                    -                              Plans or             Plans or
                   Period                Purchased (1)       Per Share (2)         Programs          Programs (3)
                   ------                -------------       -------------       ------------          ------------
          4/30/05 - 5/27/05                      385,000             $39.66           385,000           1,121,081
          5/28/05 - 6/24/05                      300,000             $40.48           300,000             821,081
          6/25/05 - 7/29/05                           --                 --                --             821,081
          Total for the quarter                  685,000             $40.02           685,000             821,081
</TABLE>

          (1)     All share  repurchases  were made in open-market  transactions
                  pursuant to publicly  announced  repurchase  plans. This table
                  excludes  shares  owned and  tendered by employees to meet the
                  exercise  price of option  exercises and shares  withheld from
                  employees to satisfy minimum tax  withholding  requirements on
                  option  exercises  and other  equity-based  transactions.  The
                  Company  administers  employee  cashless  exercises through an
                  independent,  third-party broker and does not repurchase stock
                  in connection with cashless exercises.

          (2)     Average  price paid per share is  calculated  on a  settlement
                  basis and includes commission.

          (3)     On February 25, 2005, the Company  announced a 2,000,000 share
                  common stock repurchase program with no expiration date.


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The table "Selected  Financial Data" contained in the 2005 Annual Report is
incorporated into this Item of this Report by this reference.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

                                       18
<PAGE>

     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," contained in the 2005 Annual Report, is incorporated into this Item
of this Report by this reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," contained in the 2005 Annual Report, is incorporated into this Item
of this Report by this reference.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The Consolidated Financial Statements (and related footnotes) and Report of
Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm,  contained in the 2005 Annual
Report, are incorporated into this Item of this Report by this reference.

     See Quarterly  Financial Data  (Unaudited)  in Note 13 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     The Company's management, with the participation of its principal executive
and  financial  officers,  including the Chief  Executive  Officer and the Chief
Financial  Officer,  evaluated the  effectiveness  of the  Company's  disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(f) promulgated
under the Exchange Act). Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer
and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that as of July  29,  2005,  the
Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purposes set
forth in the definition thereof in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e).

     There have been no changes  (including  corrective  actions  with regard to
significant  deficiencies and material weaknesses) during the quarter ended July
29, 2005 in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting (as defined
in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably
likely to materially  affect,  the Company's  internal  controls over  financial
reporting.






                                       19
<PAGE>


Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     We are  responsible for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal
controls over financial  reporting (as defined in Rules  13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)
under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). We maintain a system
of  internal  controls  that is designed to provide  reasonable  assurance  in a
cost-effective  manner as to the fair and reliable  preparation and presentation
of the consolidated  financial  statements,  as well as to safeguard assets from
unauthorized use or disposition.

     Our  control  environment  is the  foundation  for our  system of  internal
control over  financial  reporting and is embodied in our  Corporate  Governance
Guidelines,  our Financial Code of Ethics,  and our Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics,  all of which may be viewed  on our  website.  They set the tone for our
organization  and include  factors such as  integrity  and ethical  values.  Our
internal  control over financial  reporting is supported by formal  policies and
procedures,  which are  reviewed,  modified  and  improved  as changes  occur in
business condition and operations. We do not expect that our disclosure controls
and procedures or our internal  controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A
control  system,  no matter how well  conceived and  operated,  can provide only
reasonable,  not absolute,  assurance  that the objectives of the control system
are met.  Further,  the design of a control  system must reflect the benefits of
controls  relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent  limitations  in all
control systems,  no evaluation of controls can provide absolute  assurance that
all control issues and instances of fraud,  if any, within the Company have been
detected.

     We conducted an evaluation  of the  effectiveness  of our internal  control
over financial  reporting based on the framework in Internal  Control-Integrated
Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations  of the Treadway
Commission.  This evaluation  included review of the  documentation of controls,
evaluation  of the design  effectiveness  of controls,  testing of the operating
effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. We have concluded
that our internal control over financial  reporting was effective as of July 29,
2005, based on these criteria.

     In  addition,  Deloitte & Touche  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public
accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on management's  assessment of
internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.



                      /s/Michael A. Woodhouse
                      -----------------------
                      Michael A. Woodhouse
                      Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer


                      /s/Lawrence E. White
                      --------------------
                      Lawrence E. White
                      Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

     None.



                                       20
<PAGE>


                                    PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The  information  required by this Item with  respect to  directors  of the
Company is  incorporated  into this Item of this Report by this reference to the
section  entitled  "Proposal  1:  Election  of  Directors"  in  the  2005  Proxy
Statement.  The  information  required  by this Item with  respect to  executive
officers  of the  Company is set forth in Part I of this  Annual  Report on Form
10-K.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  information  required by this Item is  incorporated  into this Item of
this Report by this reference to the sections  entitled  "Board of Directors and
Committees"  and  "Executive  Compensation"  in the 2005  Proxy  Statement.  The
matters  labeled   "Compensation   and  Stock  Option   Committee   Report"  and
"Shareholder  Return  Performance Graph" are not, and shall not be deemed to be,
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  information  required by this Item is  incorporated  into this Item of
this Report by this  reference  to the  sections  entitled  "Stock  Ownership of
Management and Certain  Beneficial  Owners" and  "Executive  Compensation-Equity
Compensation Plan Information" in the 2005 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The  information  required by this Item is  incorporated  into this Item of
this Report by this reference to the section entitled "Certain  Transactions" in
the 2005 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     The  information  required by this Item is  incorporated  into this Item of
this Report by this  reference to the sections  entitled "Fees Paid to Auditors"
and "Audit Committee  Report-What is the Audit Committee's  pre-approval  policy
and  procedure  with  respect to audit and  non-audit  services  provided by our
auditors?" in the 2005 Proxy  Statement.  No other portion of the section of the
2005 Proxy  Statement  entitled  "Audit  Committee  Report"  is, nor shall it be
deemed to be, incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



                                       21
<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     (a) List of documents filed as part of this report:

         1.    The following Consolidated Financial Statements and the Report of
               Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm of  Deloitte  &
               Touche LLP of the 2005 Annual Report are included  within Exhibit
               13 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are  incorporated  into
               this Item of this Report by this reference:

               Report of Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm dated
               September 22, 2005

               Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 29, 2005 and July 30, 2004

               Consolidated  Statement  of Income  for each of the three  fiscal
               years ended July 29, 2005, July 30, 2004 and August 1, 2003

               Consolidated  Statement  of Changes in  Shareholders'  Equity for
               each of the three fiscal years ended July 29, 2005, July 30, 2004
               and August 1, 2003

               Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three fiscal
               years ended July 29, 2005, July 30, 2004 and August 1, 2003

               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

         2.    All  schedules  have  been  omitted  since  they are  either  not
               required  or not  applicable,  or  the  required  information  is
               included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  or  notes
               thereto.

         3.    The  exhibits  listed  in  the  accompanying  Index  to  Exhibits
               immediately following the signature page to this Report




                                       22
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                    CBRL GROUP, INC.

                By:  /s/Michael A. Woodhouse
                     -----------------------
                      Michael A. Woodhouse
                      President and Chief Executive Officer

                                                September 26, 2005

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                              <C>
Name                                    Title                                            Date
- ----                                    -----                                            ----

/s/Michael A. Woodhouse
- -----------------------
Michael A. Woodhouse                    Chairman, President and Chief Executive          September 26, 2005
                                        Officer

/s/Lawrence E. White
- --------------------
Lawrence E. White                       Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief         September 26, 2005
                                        Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/Patrick A. Scruggs
- ---------------------
Patrick A. Scruggs                      Chief Accounting Officer                         September 26, 2005
                                        (Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/James D. Carreker
- --------------------
James D. Carreker                       Director                                         September 26, 2005

/s/Robert V. Dale
- -----------------
Robert V. Dale                          Director                                         September 26, 2005

/s/Richard J. Dobkin
- --------------------
Richard J. Dobkin                       Director                                         September 26, 2005

/s/Robert C. Hilton
- -------------------
Robert C. Hilton                        Director                                         September 26, 2005

/s/Charles E. Jones, Jr.
- ------------------------
Charles E. Jones, Jr.                   Director                                         September 26, 2005

/s/B.F. Lowery
- --------------
B.F. Lowery                             Director                                         September 26, 2005


- ---------------------
Martha M. Mitchell                      Director                                         September 26, 2005

/s/Erik Vonk
- ------------
Erik Vonk                               Director                                         September 26, 2005

- --------------
Andrea M. Weiss                         Director                                         September 26, 2005


- ------------------
Jimmie D. White                         Director                                         September 26, 2005
</TABLE>


                                       23
<PAGE>


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
- -------

3(I), 4(a)        Charter (1)

3(II), 4(b)       Bylaws (1)

4(c)              Shareholder Rights Agreement dated 9/7/1999 (2)

4(d)              Indenture,  dated as of April 3, 2002, among the Company,  the
                  Guarantors (as defined  therein) and Wachovia  Bank,  National
                  Association, as trustee, relating to the Company's zero-coupon
                  convertible senior notes (the "Notes") (3)

4(e)              Form of Certificate for the Notes (included in the LYONS
                  Indenture incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4(d) hereof)(3)

4(f)              Form of Guarantee of the Notes (included in the LYONS
                  Indenture filed as Exhibit 4(d) hereof) (3)

4(g)              First amendment, dated as of June 19, 2002, to the LYONS
                  Indenture (4)

4(h)              Second amendment, dated as of July 30, 2004, to the LYONS
                  Indenture (4)

4(i)              Third amendment, dated as of December 31, 2004, to the LYONS
                  Indenture (5)

4(j)              Fourth amendment, dated as of January 28, 2005, to the LYONS
                  Indenture (6)

4(k),10(a)        Credit Agreement dated 2/21/2003, relating to the $300,000,000
                  Revolving Credit Facility (7)

10(b)             Lease dated 8/27/1981 for lease of Macon, Georgia store
                  between Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc. and B. F.
                  Lowery, a director of the Company (8)

10(c)             The Company's Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, as
                  amended (9)

10(d)             The Company's 2000 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan (10)

10(e)             The Company's 1989 Non-Employee Director's Stock Option Plan,
                  as amended (11)

10(f)             The Company's Non-Qualified Savings Plan

10(g)             The Company's Deferred Compensation Plan (8)

10(h)             The Company's 2002 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
                  ("Omnibus Plan") (12)

10(i)             Amendment No. 1 to Omnibus Plan

10(j)             Form of Restricted Stock Award

10(k)             Form of Stock Option Award under the Amended and Restated
                  Stock Option Plan

10(l)             Form of Stock Option Award under the Omnibus Plan

10(m)             Executive Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 2005
                  between Michael A. Woodhouse and the Company

                                       24
<PAGE>

10(n)             Change-in-control Agreement for Lawrence E. White dated
                  10/13/1999 (9)

10(o)             Change-in-control Agreement for N.B. Forrest Shoaf dated
                  5/12/2005

10(p)             Change-in-control Agreement for Norman J. Hill dated
                  10/13/1999 (10)

10(q)             Change-in-control Agreement for David L. Gilbert dated
                  10/3/2001 (10)

10(r)             Change-in-control Agreement for Tom Vogel dated October 3,
                  2003 (12)

10(s)             Change-in-control Agreement for Patrick A. Scruggs dated
                  October 13, 1999 (12)

10(t)             Master  Lease  dated  July 31,  2000  between  Country  Stores
                  Property  I, LLC  ("Lessor")  and  Cracker  Barrel Old Country
                  Store,  Inc.  ("Lessee")  for lease of 21  Cracker  Barrel Old
                  Country Store(R) sites (13)

10(u)             Master Lease dated July 31, 2000 between Country Stores
                  Property I, LLC ("Lessor") and Cracker Barrel Old Country
                  Store, Inc. ("Lessee") for lease of 9 Cracker Barrel Old
                  Country Store(R) sites*

10(v)             Master Lease dated July 31, 2000 between  Country Stores
                  Property II, LLC ("Lessor") and Cracker Barrel Old Country
                  Store, Inc. ("Lessee") for lease of 23 Cracker Barrel Old
                  Country Store(R) sites*

10(w)             Master Lease dated July 31, 2000 between  Country  Stores
                  Property III, LLC  ("Lessor") and Cracker Barrel Old Country
                  Store, Inc. ("Lessee") for lease of 12 Cracker Barrel Old
                  Country Store(R) sites*

10(x)             2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (14)

10(y)             2005 Annual Bonus Plan (14)

10(z)             2006 LTI Plan (15)

10(aa)            CBRL Group, Inc. Targeted Retention Plan (15)

10(bb)            CBRL Group, Inc. Stock Ownership Achievement Incentive Plan
                  (15)

10(cc)            2006 Annual Bonus Plan (15)

10(dd)            Summary of Executive Officer and Director Compensation (15)

10(ee)            Form of Mid-Term Incentive and Retention Plan Award Notice

13                Pertinent  portions of the Company's 2005 Annual Report to
                  Shareholders that are incorporated by reference into this
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K.

21                Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23                Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm -
                  Deloitte & Touche LLP

31                Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

32                Section 1350 Certifications

*Document not filed  because  essentially  identical in terms and  conditions to
Exhibit 10(t).

(1)      Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Registration  Statement on
         Form S-4/A under the  Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act") (File
         No. 333-62469).

(2)      Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Current  Report on Form
         8-K under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act"), filed
         September 21, 1999.

(3)      Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q under the Exchange Act for the quarterly period ended May 3, 2002.

                                       25
<PAGE>

(4)      Incorporated  by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the  Company's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K/A under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended
         July 30, 2004.

(5)      Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q under the Exchange Act for the quarterly period ended January 28,
         2005.

(6)      Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Current Report on Form 8-K
         under the Exchange Act filed on February 2, 2005.

(7)      Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q under the Exchange Act for the quarterly period ended January 31,
         2003.

(8)      Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
         Form S-7 under the  Securities Act (File No. 2-74266).

(9)      Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended July 30, 1999.

(10)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended August 2, 2002.

(11)     Incorporated by reference to the Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc.
         Annual  Report on Form 10-K under the  Exchange Act for the fiscal year
         ended August 2, 1991 (File No. 0-7536).

(12)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended August 1, 2003.

(13)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended July 28, 2000.

(14)     Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on
         Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act for the quarterly period ended
         October 29, 2004.

(15)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
         under the Exchange Act, filed August 1, 2005.




                                       26
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>2
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex10f.txt
<DESCRIPTION>NON-QUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN
<TEXT>
Exhibit 10(f)



                                CBRL GROUP, INC.
                         2005 NON-QUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN


                            Effective January 1, 2005












<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                                                            <C>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------
                                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                                                 ----

Section 1.        Operation of Plan and Definitions...............................................................1
Section 2.        Participation...................................................................................5
Section 3.        Contributions...................................................................................5
         3.1.     Supplemental Savings Contributions..............................................................5
         3.2.     Supplemental Matching Contributions.............................................................5
         3.3.     Crediting of Contributions......................................................................5
Section 4.        Investment of Accounts..........................................................................6
         4.1.     Investment Direction............................................................................6
         4.2.     Investment Funds................................................................................6
Section 5.        Valuations and Crediting........................................................................6
         5.1.     Valuations......................................................................................6
         5.2.     Credits to and Charges Against Accounts.........................................................6
         5.3.     Expenses........................................................................................7
Section 6.        Vesting and Separation from Service.............................................................7
         6.1.     Vested Percentage...............................................................................7
         6.2.     Forfeiture......................................................................................7
Section 7.        Benefits........................................................................................8
         7.1.     Forms of Benefit Payments.......................................................................8
         7.2.     Retirement Benefit..............................................................................8
         7.3.     Death Benefit...................................................................................8
         7.4.     Beneficiary Designation ........................................................................8
         7.5.     In-Service Distributions due to Unforeseeable Emergency.........................................9
         7.6.     Distributions on a Specified Date...............................................................9
         7.7.     Withholding.....................................................................................9
Section 8.        The Plan Administrator..........................................................................9
         8.1.     Plan Administrator..............................................................................9
         8.2.     Engagement of Assistants and Advisors..........................................................10
         8.3.     Compensation...................................................................................10
         8.4.     Indemnification of the Plan Administrator......................................................10
Section 9.        Authority and Responsibilities of the Company..................................................10
Section 10.       Claims Procedures..............................................................................11
         10.1.    Claims.........................................................................................11
         10.2.    Appeal of Adverse Benefit Determinations.......................................................11
         10.3.    Notification of Benefit Determination on Review................................................12
         10.4.    Definitions....................................................................................13
Section ll.       Amendment, Termination, Mergers and Consolidations.............................................14
         11.1.    Amendment......................................................................................14
         11.2.    Termination....................................................................................14
         11.3.    Permanent Discontinuance of Contributions......................................................14


<PAGE>


Section 12.       Participating Employers........................................................................14
         12.1.    Adoption by Other Corporations.................................................................14
         12.2.    Requirements of Participating Employers........................................................15
         12.3.    Designation of Agent...........................................................................15
         12.4.    Eligible Person Transfers......................................................................15
         12.5.    Discontinuance of Participation................................................................15
         12.6.    Plan Administrator's Authority.................................................................15
Section 13.       Miscellaneous Provisions.......................................................................15
         13.1.    Nonalienation of Benefits......................................................................15
         13.2.    No Contract of Employment......................................................................15
         13.3.    Severability...................................................................................15
         13.4.    Successors.....................................................................................16
         13.5.    Captions.......................................................................................16
         13.6.    Gender and Number..............................................................................16
         13.7.    Controlling Law................................................................................16
         13.8     Title to Assets................................................................................16
         13.9.    Payments to Minors, Etc........................................................................16
         13.10.   Acknowledgments................................................................................16
         13.11.   Entire Agreement; Successors...................................................................16
         13.12.   Tax Effects....................................................................................16
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                                CBRL GROUP, INC.
                         2005 NON-QUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN


                                    RECITALS

     WHEREAS,  effective January 1, 1996, Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc.
established  the Cracker Barrel Old Country Store,  Inc.  Non-Qualified  Savings
Plan (the "NQSP"); and

     WHEREAS, effective as of January 1, 2003, CBRL, Inc. assumed sponsorship of
the NQSP and amended and  restated  the NQSP in its  entirety as the CBRL Group,
Inc. Non-Qualified Savings Plan (the "Prior Plan"); and

     WHEREAS,  in order to comply with the  requirements of the Code, as amended
by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Act"),  it is necessary to amend
and  restate the Prior Plan with  respect to the  portion of each  Participant's
Account which is subject to the requirements of the Act;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  effective as of the Effective  Date,  CBRL,  Inc.  hereby
adopts the CBRL Group, Inc. 2005 Non-Qualified Savings Plan (the "Plan"), as set
forth herein or as  hereafter  amended,  for the purpose of assuring  compliance
with the Code with respect to deferrals of  compensation  on or after January 1,
2005.

     The Plan shall provide as follows:

     Section 1. Operation of Plan and Definitions.  This Plan shall be deemed to
have amended and restated the Prior Plan and,  commencing on the Effective Date,
shall govern all amounts  credited to a  Participant's  Account other than Prior
Plan Deferrals.  The terms of the Prior Plan shall remain in effect with respect
to the portion of a  Participant's  Account  consisting of Prior Plan Deferrals.
For the  purposes  of this Plan,  the  following  terms  will have the  meanings
assigned in this Section,  which will be equally  applicable to the singular and
plural forms of such terms, unless the context requires otherwise,  when used in
this Plan;

     "Account" means the account  maintained for a Participant under the Plan. A
Participant's  Account will consist of his or her  Supplemental  Savings Account
and Supplemental Matching Account, plus investment earnings, if any, credited to
those Accounts.

     "Affiliate"  means any  Employer  and any entity if such  entity,  with the
Employer, constitutes (a) a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning
of Section 414(b) of the Code), (b) a group of trades or businesses under common
control  (within the meaning of Section  414(c) of the Code),  (c) an affiliated
service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code), or (d) a group
of entities required to be aggregated pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Code and
the regulations thereunder.

     "Beneficiary"  means  the  beneficiary  under  the  Plan  of  any  deceased
Participant.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company.

     "Change in  Control"  means:  (i) a person  becomes the  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of
the combined voting power of its then outstanding voting securities, unless that
acquisition  was  approved by a vote of at least 2/3 of the members of the Board
of Directors in office  immediately  prior to the acquisition;  (ii) that during
any period of 2  consecutive  years,  individuals  who at the  beginning  of the
period  constitute  members  of the Board of  Directors  cease for any reason to
constitute  a majority of the Board of  Directors  unless the  election,  or the
nomination for election by the  shareholders of the Company,  of each new member
was  approved by a vote of at least 2/3 of the members of the Board of Directors
then still in office who were  members at the  beginning  of the 2-year  period;
(iii) a  merger,  consolidation  or  reorganization  of the  Company  (but  this
provision   does  not  apply  to  a   recapitalization   or  similar   financial
restructuring which does not involve a material change in ownership of equity of
the Company and which does not result in a change in  membership of the Board of
Directors);  or (iv) a sale of all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the
Company.

     "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as now or  hereafter
existing, amended, construed,  interpreted, and applied by regulations,  rulings
or cases.

     "Company" means CBRL Group, Inc., and any successor thereto.

     "Compensation"  means  any form of  compensation  received  by an  Eligible
Person from an Employer while the Eligible  Person is a  Participant,  including
basic salary or wages, bonuses, cash incentive plan payments,  vacation, holiday
and sick pay or, except as otherwise  provided herein,  any other direct current
compensation  which is required to be reported as income for purposes of federal
income  tax for the  Plan  Year,  without  giving  effect  to any  reduction  of
compensation  resulting  from pre-tax saving  contributions  under the Qualified
Plan or any other salary  reduction  arrangement  pursuant to Section 125 of the
Code.  Compensation  shall not include:  any amount  attributable to an Eligible
Person  winning  a  gift  or  contest   sponsored  by  the  Employer;   Employer
contributions  to Social  Security;  "earned  income  credit" as reported on the
Employer's payroll system;  other  contributions to, or distributions from, this
or any  other  deferred  compensation  plan or  program;  severance  pay;  stock
options;  any and all long-term  disability  income payments,  without regard to
whether  they  are paid  through  the  Employer's  payroll  system;  any and all
state-sponsored short-term disability income payments, without regard to whether
they are paid through the Employer's payroll system; any and all amounts related
to relocation expense  reimbursement;  deferred commission payments; any amounts
paid to  compensate  an  Eligible  Person for taxes  attributable  to his living
outside the United  States for purposes of his service to the  Employer;  or the
value of any other  fringe  benefits  provided at the  expense of the  Employer,
which  shall  include,  but not be limited to, the  following  items as reported
through the  Employer's  payroll  system:  excess life  insurance;  commuter car
mileage;  gift card fringe benefits;  "Rocking Chair  Compensation";  payment of
membership in athletic facilities; and "health card dividends." The Compensation
taken into account for a Participant  for a Plan Year will include  compensation
in excess of the limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

     "Effective Date" means January 1, 2005.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     "Election  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to regular  Compensation  or
Performance-Based  Compensation  earned  during a Plan Year,  December 31 of the
Plan Year preceding the Plan Year during which the services  giving rise to such
Compensation are performed.  Provided,  however, that for the first Plan Year in
which an individual becomes an Eligible Person, the Election Date shall mean the
30th day after the individual first became an Eligible Person, but an Enrollment
and Change Designation filed by such individual shall apply only to Compensation
otherwise payable after the date on which the Enrollment and Change  Designation
is filed.

     "Eligible  Person"  means any person  who is a member of a select  group of
management  or highly  compensated  employees and who either (i) was eligible to
participate in the Prior Plan  immediately  prior to the Effective Date, or (ii)
is  employed  by the  Employer in a category  of  employment  designated  by the
Employer on Exhibit A as eligible for participation in the Plan.

     "Employer" means the Company and any Affiliate  which,  with the consent of
the Board of Directors, adopts this Plan and joins in the Trust Agreement.

     "Enrollment and Change  Designation" means an agreement,  on a form or by a
method  prescribed by the Plan  Administrator,  between a Participant and his or
her  Employer  providing  for  any  of  the  following:  (i)  reduction  of  the
Participant's   Compensation   and  the   crediting  of   Supplemental   Savings
Contributions by the Employer to the Participant's Supplemental Savings Account,
(ii) in  accordance  with Section 7.1, the form of payment of the  Participant's
Account;  and (iii)  designation of one or more Investment Funds with respect to
the Participant's Accounts.

     "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as now
or  hereafter  existing,  amended,  construed,   interpreted,   and  applied  by
regulations, rulings or cases.

     "Investment Fund" means a fund managed by one or more investment  managers,
including a regulated investment company, or any other investments designated by
the Company from time to time.

     "Normal  Retirement Date" means the first date on which a Participant's age
and Years of Vesting Service total 65 or more.

     "Participant"   means  any  Eligible   Person  who  has  been  admitted  to
participation  in the Plan by filing an Enrollment and Change  Designation  with
the Plan Administrator, and who has not ceased participation in the Plan.

     "Performance-Based  Compensation"  shall  mean  Compensation  where (i) the
payment of the  Compensation or the amount of the  Compensation is contingent on
the satisfaction of organizational or individual  performance criteria, and (ii)
the performance  criteria are not substantially  certain to be met at the time a
deferral  election  is  permitted.  Performance-Based  Compensation  may include
payments  based upon  subjective  performance  criteria,  but (i) any subjective
performance criteria must relate to the performance of the Participant,  a group
of service providers that includes the Participant, or a business unit for which
the Participant  provides services (which may include the entire  organization);
and (ii) the determination  that any subjective  performance  criteria have been
met must not be made by the  Participant  or a family member of the  Participant
(as  defined  in ss.  267(c)(4)  of the  Code,  applied  as if the  family of an
individual  includes the spouse of any member of the family).  Performance-Based

                                       3
<PAGE>

Compensation  may also include  payments based on performance  criteria that are
not  approved by a  compensation  committee  of the Board of Directors or by the
stockholders of the Company.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Performance-Based
Compensation  does not  include any amount or portion of any amount that will be
paid either regardless of performance, or based upon a level of performance that
is substantially  certain to be met at the time the criteria is established,  or
that is based solely on the value of, or  appreciation  in value of, the Company
or the stock of the Company.

     "Plan" means the CBRL Group, Inc. 2005  Non-Qualified  Savings Plan, as set
forth herein and as the same may from time to time be amended.

     "Plan Administrator" means the person,  committee or other entity appointed
by the Company to  administer  the Plan or, in the absence of such  appointment,
the Company.

     "Plan Year" means the calendar year.

     "Prior Plan" means the CBRL Group, Inc.  Non-Qualified  Savings Plan, as in
effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Plan.

     "Prior Plan  Deferrals"  means the amount which,  immediately  prior to the
Effective Date, was credited to the Participant's Account and which on such date
was not subject to  forfeiture,  and any investment  earnings  allocated to such
amount since the Effective Date.

     "Qualified  Plan" means the  Cracker  Barrel Old Country  Store,  Inc.  and
Affiliates  Employee Savings Plan, a profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred
feature, as the same may from time to time be amended.

     "Specified  Employee" means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of
the Code, but without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) of the Company. Provided,
however,  that no Participant shall be considered to be a Specified  Employee as
of any date unless on such date the stock of the  Company is publicly  traded on
an established securities market or otherwise.

     "Separation  Date"  means the date a person is no  longer  employed  by any
Affiliate.

     "Supplemental  Matching  Account"  means the  portion  of the  Account of a
Participant  consisting of Supplemental Matching  Contributions and adjusted for
investment earnings or losses, if any, on those contributions, as provided under
the Plan.

     "Supplemental  Matching  Contribution"  means the  amount  credited  by the
Employer under Section 3.2.1.

     "Supplemental Matching Performance Based Contribution" means the amount, if
any, credited by the Employer under Section 3.2.2.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     "Supplemental  Savings  Account"  means the  portion  of the  Account  of a
Participant  consisting of Supplemental  Savings  Contributions and adjusted for
investment earnings or losses, if any, on those contributions, as provided under
the Plan.

     "Supplemental  Savings  Contribution"  means  the  amount  credited  by the
Employer  under  Section  3.1 as a  result  of a  Participant's  election  on an
Enrollment and Change Designation to reduce his or her Compensation.

     "Trust  Agreement"  means the trust  agreement  entered  into  between  the
Company  and the Trustee in  connection  with this Plan,  as the same  presently
exists and as it may from time to time hereafter be amended.

     "Trustee"  means  the  party or  parties  acting  as such  under  the Trust
Agreement.

     "Trust  Fund" means all of the assets held by the Trustee at any time under
the Trust Agreement.

     "Unforeseeable   Emergency"  means  a  severe  financial  hardship  to  the
Participant  resulting  from an  illness or  accident  of the  Participant,  the
Participant's  spouse,  or of a dependent  (as defined in Section  152(a) of the
Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or
other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable  circumstances arising as a result
of events beyond the control of the  Participant.  The  circumstances  that will
constitute  an   Unforeseeable   Emergency   will  be  determined  by  the  Plan
Administrator depending upon the facts of each case.

     "Valuation  Date"  means  the last  day of each  Plan  Year and each  other
interim  date  on  which  the  Plan  Administrator  directs  the  allocation  of
distributions, contributions and earnings on Participants' Accounts.

     "Year of Vesting Service" means a 12 month period of continuous  service by
the Company as an employee or an Eligible Person.

     Section 2. Participation. An Eligible Person may become a Participant for a
calendar year by filing with the Plan  Administrator  an  Enrollment  and Change
Designation on or before the Election Date for that calendar year.

     Section 3. Contributions.

     3.1.  Supplemental  Savings  Contributions.  The  Employer  will credit the
Participant's   Supplemental   Savings  Account  with  a  Supplemental   Savings
Contribution   on  behalf  of  a  Participant   equal  to  the  portion  of  the
Participant's  Compensation (in increments of 1%, but not to exceed 50% (or 100%
in the case of Performance-Based  Compensation)  designated in the Participant's
Enrollment and Change Designation.  Before the Election Date for each Plan Year,
each  Participant  will be entitled to submit or modify an Enrollment and Change
Designation which will change the amount of Supplemental  Savings  Contributions
that  will be made to this  Plan  for the Plan  Year.  Participants  may  submit
separate  Enrollment  and  Change  Designations  for  regular  Compensation  and
Performance-Based Compensation.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     3.2. Supplemental Matching Contributions.

     3.2.1.  Ordinary  Supplemental  Matching  Contributions.  The  Employer may
credit the  Participant's  Supplemental  Matching  Account  with a  Supplemental
Matching  Contribution  equal to 25% of the Participant's  Supplemental  Savings
Contributions,  but  determined  without  regard  to  any  Supplemental  Savings
Contribution  which, when added to the Participant's  elective  deferrals to the
Qualified Plan, exceeds 6% of the Participant's Compensation.

     3.2.2. Performance-Based Supplemental Matching Contributions.  The Employer
may credit a  Participant's  Supplemental  Matching  Account with a Supplemental
Matching  Contribution equal to a percentage,  as determined by the Employer, of
the   Participant's   Supplemental   Savings   Contributions   that  are  solely
attributable to Performance-Based Compensation.

     3.3. Crediting of Contributions.

     3.3.1.  The  Employer  may  establish a Trust Fund which  shall  consist of
assets which the Employer  may use to offset its  liability  for payments due to
Participants  under the Plan.  The Trust Fund will, at all times,  be subject to
the claims of judgment  creditors of the Employer and will  otherwise be on such
terms and conditions as will prevent taxation to Participants and  Beneficiaries
of any  amounts  held in the Trust Fund or credited  to  Participant's  Accounts
prior to the time payments are made to them. The Trust  Agreement shall prohibit
the location of trust assets  outside the United States or the transfer of trust
assets  outside the United  States.  Rights to  payments  will not be limited to
assets  held in the Trust  Fund.  The Plan  constitutes  a mere  promise  by the
Employer to make  benefit  payments in the future.  It is the  intention  of the
Employer and the Participants that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for
purposes of Title I of ERISA.

     3.3.2.  In the  event  of a Change  in  Control,  or at other  times in its
discretion,  the Employer  will  contribute to the Trust Fund an amount equal to
all Supplemental Savings Contributions and Supplemental  Matching  Contributions
accrued by Participants.  Such  contribution  shall be made within 60 days after
the date of a Change in Control  or, for amounts  accrued  after the date of the
Change in Control,  during or within a reasonable time after the end of the Plan
Year in which the contribution is credited to the Participants' Account.

     Section 4. Investment of Accounts.

     4.1. Investment  Direction.  Each Participant will have the right to submit
to the Company a request that investment returns on the Participant's Account be
determined  on the  basis of the  performance  of one or more of the  Investment
Funds.  Such  Participant  request  shall  not  result  in  any  assurance  to a
Participant that  Supplemental  Savings  Contributions or Supplemental  Matching
Contributions  will  actually  be  invested by the Trustee in one or more of the
Investment  Funds.  A Participant  may make or change an  investment  request in
accordance with rules  established by the Plan  Administrator,  by notifying the
Plan  Administrator  (or such other person or entity as may be designated by the
Plan  Administrator)  of such election or change in the manner designated by the
Plan Administrator from time to time.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     4.2.  Investment  Funds. The Plan  Administrator  will select three or more
Investment  Funds according to criteria  established by the Plan  Administrator.
The Plan  Administrator  will  have the right to merge or  modify  any  existing
Investment  Funds, or to designate or create  additional  Investment  Funds. The
assets of the Trust  Fund  shall be  allocated  among  such  investments  as the
Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall designate from time to
time, unless such investments would cause the Trust Fund to fail to constitute a
valid trust under  applicable  law,  in which case the Trustee  shall  determine
applicable Trust Fund investments in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

     Section 5. Valuations and Crediting.

     5.1. Valuations.  The amount credited to each Participant's Account will be
determined  by the  Plan  Administrator  as of the  close  of  business  on each
Valuation Date.

     5.2.  Credits to and Charges Against  Accounts.  As of each Valuation Date,
all crediting to and charging against Accounts will be made as follows:

     5.2.1.  First,  there will be  determined  the net adjusted  Account by (a)
charging  all  distributions  and  withdrawals  made  during the period from the
previous   Valuation  Date  to  the  current   Valuation   Date,  (b)  crediting
contributions to the Account since the preceding  Valuation Date, and (c) at the
option of the Plan Administrator,  charging specifically against the Accounts of
Participants  all  or a  portion  of  administrative  expenses  relating  to the
maintenance of such Accounts.

     5.2.2.  Second,  all  earnings  or losses of the  Investment  Funds will be
allocated by the Plan  Administrator in its discretion  among the  Participants'
Accounts  according to their net adjusted  Accounts and the relative portions of
such Accounts which are deemed by the Plan Administrator to be allocated to each
Investment Fund.

     5.3.  Expenses.  All brokerage  fees,  transfer  taxes,  and other expenses
incurred in  connection  with the  investment of the Trust Fund will be added to
the cost of such investments or deducted from the proceeds thereof,  as the case
may be. All other costs and expenses of  administering  the Plan will be paid or
reimbursed from the Trust Fund, except to the extent that the Employer elects to
pay such costs and expenses without reimbursement.

     Section 6. Vesting and Separation from Service.

     6.1. Vested Percentage.

     6.1.1.  A  Participant  will at all  times  be fully  vested  in his or her
Supplemental Savings Account.

     6.1.2.  A  Participant's  Supplemental  Matching  Account will become fully
vested in the event of the  Participant's  death prior to  otherwise  separating
from the service of the Employer.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     6.1.3. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, a Participant's vested
interest in the Participant's  Supplemental  Matching Account will be determined
under the following table:

         Years of Continuous Employment              Vested Percentage

               less than 1                                 0%
               1 but less than 2                          20%
               2 but less than 3                          40%
               3 but less than 4                          60%
               4 but less than 5                          80%
               5 or more                                 100%

     6.2. Forfeiture. The nonvested portion of the Supplemental Matching Account
of a Participant  who has incurred a Separation  Date prior to the occurrence of
an event specified in Section 6.1.2 will be forfeited.

     Section 7. Benefits.

     7.1.  Forms of  Benefit  Payments.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in this
section,  a Participant or  Beneficiary  will receive any benefit to which he or
she is entitled in the form of a single cash distribution.

     7.1.1 Provided, however, that if a Participant (i) incurs a Separation Date
after reaching the Normal  Retirement Date, (ii) has so elected in an Enrollment
and Change  Designation,  and (iii) has a vested Account  balance (or portion of
the vested  Account  balance to which the  installment  election  applies)  that
exceeds $5,000 on the  Participant's  Separation  Date,  then  distribution of a
Participant's Account may be made in quarterly installments over a period not to
exceed 10 years.

     7.1.2 Payment to a Participant  or Beneficiary  will commence  within three
(3) months of the Participant's Separation Date. Provided, however, that for any
Specified Employee, distribution may not begin before the earlier of (i) six (6)
months after the Separation Date, or (ii) the date of the Participant's death.

     7.1.3 A Participant may file a separate request for payment in installments
under this section 7.1 with respect to the portion of the Participant's  Account
attributable to the Supplemental Savings Contributions and Supplemental Matching
Contributions  for  each  Plan  Year.  Such  a  request  must  be  made  on  the
Participant's  Enrollment  and  Change  Designation  and  filed  with  the  Plan
Administrator  by the Election Date for the Plan Year and, once made, may not be
revoked  except in accordance  with the  provisions of this Plan or the Treasury
Regulations.

     7.2. Retirement Benefit.  Upon incurring a Separation Date, the Participant
will receive in  accordance  with Section 7.1 a retirement  benefit in an amount
equal to the  undistributed  vested portion of the  Participant's  Account.  The
Participant's  Account shall be valued as of the Valuation Date  coinciding with

                                       8
<PAGE>

or  as  soon  as  administratively   practicable   preceding  the  date  of  the
distribution.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if a  Participant  dies  before
receiving a distribution  of his or her vested  Account,  his or her Beneficiary
will receive a death benefit, as determined under Section 7.3, below.

     7.3. Death Benefit.  If a Participant  dies before receiving a distribution
of his or her vested Account, the Participant's Beneficiary will receive a death
benefit, in lieu of the retirement benefit,  equal to the undistributed  balance
in the Participant's  Account.  The Participant's  Account shall be valued as of
the Valuation Date  coinciding with or as soon as  administratively  practicable
preceding the date of the distribution.

     7.4. Beneficiary Designation.

     7.4.1.  A  Participant's  death  benefit  will be  paid to the  Beneficiary
designated by the  Participant  under the Qualified Plan unless the  Participant
makes a separate  Beneficiary  designation  under this Plan. A  Participant  may
designate  and  from  time  to  time  change  the  designation  of one  or  more
Beneficiaries  or contingent  Beneficiaries  to receive any death  benefit.  The
designation  and consent will be on a form  supplied by the Plan  Administrator.
All  records  of  Beneficiary  designations  will  be  maintained  by  the  Plan
Administrator.

     7.4.2. In the event that the  Participant  fails to designate a Beneficiary
under  both  the  Qualified  Plan  and  this  Plan,  or in the  event  that  the
Participant   is   predeceased   by  all   designated   primary  and  contingent
Beneficiaries  under the Qualified Plan and this Plan, (a) if the Participant is
survived by a spouse,  the death  benefit  will be payable to the  Participant's
surviving  spouse  who  will  be  deemed  to  be  the  Participant's  designated
Beneficiary  for all purposes under this Plan, or (b) if the  Participant is not
survived by a spouse,  the death  benefit  will be payable to the  Participant's
estate.

     7.5. In-Service Distributions due to Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant
may apply for and receive an early payment of any or all vested  amounts held in
the  Account of such  Participant  upon an  Unforeseeable  Emergency.  Provided,
however, that the amount which may be distributed to a Participant as the result
of an  Unforseeable  Emergency  may not to exceed  the  least of (i) the  amount
credited  to such  Participant's  Account,  (ii)  the  amount  requested  by the
Participant,  or (iii) the amount determined by the Plan  Administrator as being
reasonably necessary to satisfy the need created by the Unforseeable  Emergency,
plus amounts  necessary to pay taxes  reasonably  anticipated as a result of the
distribution,  after taking into account the extent to which such need is or may
be relieved  through  reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or
by liquidation  of the  Participant's  assets (to the extent the  liquidation of
such assets  would not itself cause severe  financial  hardship).  Distributions
under this Section will be deemed to be made as of the Valuation Date coinciding
with  or  as  soon  as  administratively   practicable  preceding  the  date  of
distribution and will be charged against a Participant's  Account in such manner
as  the  Plan  Administrator  determines.  A  Participant  who  has  received  a
distribution  from this Plan  pursuant to this Section 7.5. will not be eligible
to  make  any  Supplemental  Savings  Contributions  or  be  credited  with  any
Supplemental Matching Contributions for 12 months after the distribution.

     7.6.  Distributions  on a Specified  Date. A Participant may file a request
for payment of all or a portion of the Participant's Account on a date specified
by the  Participant.  Such a request may be made with  respect to the portion of
the Participant's Account attributable to the Supplemental Savings Contributions

                                       9
<PAGE>

and Supplemental Matching  Contributions for each Plan Year. The request must be
made on the Participant's  Enrollment and Change  Designation and filed with the
Plan  Administrator  by the Election Date for the Plan Year and, once made,  may
not be revoked  except in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this Plan or the
Treasury Regulations.

     7.7.  Withholding.  The Employer may withhold  from  payments due under the
Plan any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld.

     Section 8. The Plan Administrator.

     8.1. Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will interpret the Plan and
determine  in its sole and  absolute  discretion  all  questions  arising in the
administration,  interpretation  and  application  of the Plan and the amount of
benefits  payable  thereunder.  The  Plan  Administrator's  interpretations  and
determinations  will be final and  binding on all  persons  absent  fraud or the
arbitrary  and  capricious  abuse of the  wide  discretion  granted  to the Plan
Administrator. The Plan Administrator will provide the Trustee with instructions
regarding  payments of benefits.  The Plan Administrator will provide directions
to the Trustee with respect to the  declaration of Valuation Dates and all other
matters  when  called  for in the Plan or  requested  by the  Trustee.  The Plan
Administrator  may waive any period of notice  required under the Plan. The Plan
Administrator  will  provide  procedures  for the  determination  of claims  for
benefits.

     8.2.  Engagement of Assistants and Advisors.  The Plan  Administrator  will
have the right to hire such  professional  assistants and  consultants as it, in
its sole discretion,  deems necessary or advisable. To the extent that the costs
for such assistants and advisors are not paid or reimbursed from the Trust Fund,
they will be paid by the Employer.

     8.3.  Compensation.  All expenses of the Plan Administrator will be paid or
reimbursed by the Trust Fund,  and if not so paid or reimbursed  will be paid by
the Employer.

     8.4. Indemnification of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will
be  indemnified  by  the  Employer  against  costs,   expenses  and  liabilities
(including  reasonable attorneys' fees but excluding amounts paid in settlements
to which the  Employer  does not consent)  reasonably  incurred by him or her in
connection with any action or investigation to which he or she may be a party by
reason  of his or her  service  as Plan  Administrator,  except in  relation  to
matters as to which he or she may be adjudged  in such  action to be  personally
guilty of  willful  misconduct  in the  performance  of his or her  duties.  The
foregoing right to  indemnification  will be in addition to such other rights as
the Plan  Administrator  may  enjoy  as a matter  of law,  under  the  Company's
Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or by reason of insurance  coverage of
any kind,  or  otherwise.  Service  as an Plan  Administrator  will be deemed in
partial  fulfillment  of the member's  function as an Eligible  Person,  officer
and/or  director of the Employer,  if he or she serves in such capacity as well.
No amendment of this Section  diminishing the right to indemnification  provided
herein will apply to any action or investigation commenced prior to the adoption
of such amendment.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     Section 9.  Authority  and  Responsibilities  of the Company.  The Board of
Directors of the Company will have the following authority and responsibility:

          (a) To appoint the Trustee and the Plan  Administrator  and to monitor
     each of their performances;

          (b) To communicate such information to the Plan  Administrator  and to
     the Trustee as each needs for the proper performance of its duties; and

          (c) To perform such duties as imposed by  applicable  law and to serve
     as  the  Plan   Administrator   in  the  absence  of  an   appointed   Plan
     Administrator.

     Section 10. Claims Procedures.

     10.1  Claims.  Any claim for  benefits not  received  upon  termination  of
employment  shall  be  made in  writing  to the  Plan  Administrator.  The  Plan
Administrator will handle claims in accordance with the following provisions:

     10.1.1.  General Rule. If a claim is wholly or partially  denied,  the Plan
Administrator  shall  notify  the  Participant  or  Beneficiary   claimant,   in
accordance  with paragraph (c) of this Section,  of the Plan's  adverse  benefit
determination  within a  reasonable  period of time,  but not later than 90 days
after receipt of the claim by the Plan, unless the Plan Administrator determines
that  special  circumstances  require an extension  of time for  processing  the
claim.  If the  Plan  Administrator  determines  that an  extension  of time for
processing is required,  written  notice of the extension  shall be furnished to
the Participant or Beneficiary  claimant prior to the termination of the initial
90-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from
the end of such initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special
circumstances  requiring  an  extension  of time and the date by which  the Plan
expects to render the benefit determination.

     10.1.2.  Calculating  Time Periods.  For purposes of this Section 10.1, the
period of time within which a benefit determination is required to be made shall
begin  at the  time a claim  is  filed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan's  claim
procedures,  without regard to whether all the  information  necessary to make a
benefit determination accompanies the filing.

     10.1.3.  Manner and Content of Notification of Benefit  Determination.  The
Plan  Administrator  shall provide a Participant  or  Beneficiary  claimant with
written  notification of any adverse  benefit  determination.  The  notification
shall set forth,  in a manner  calculated to be understood by the Participant or
Beneficiary claimant--

          (a) The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;

          (b)   Reference  to  the  specific   Plan   provisions  on  which  the
     determination is based;

          (c) A description of any additional material or information  necessary
     for the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  claimant to perfect the claim and an
     explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

                                       11
<PAGE>

          (d) A  description  of the Plan's  review  procedures  as described in
     Section 9.2 and the time limits applicable to such procedures,  including a
     statement of the  Participant  or Beneficiary  claimant's  right to bring a
     civil action under  Section  502(a) of ERISA  following an adverse  benefit
     determination on review.

     10.2  Appeal of Adverse  Benefit  Determinations.  Within 60 days after the
receipt  from  the Plan  Administrator  of any  written  denial  of a claim  for
benefits (including denial of an application for a withdrawal), a Participant or
Beneficiary  whose claim is denied may request,  by written  application  to the
Plan  Administrator,  a review by the Plan Administrator of the decision denying
the payment of benefits.

     10.2.1. Submission of Additional Information.  In connection with an appeal
of an adverse  benefit  determination  under this Section 10.2, a Participant or
Beneficiary  shall be entitled to submit written comments,  documents,  records,
and other  information  relating to the claim for benefits.  Review of an appeal
under this  Section  10.2  shall  take into  account  all  comments,  documents,
records,  and other  information  submitted by the  Participant  or  Beneficiary
relating to the claim,  without regard to whether such information was submitted
or considered in the initial benefit determination.

          (a) Review of Relevant  Information.  The  Participant  or Beneficiary
     shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge,  reasonable access
     to, and copies of, all documents,  records,  and other information relevant
     to the  Participant or  Beneficiary's  claim for benefits.  For purposes of
     this Section,  the  determination of whether a document,  record,  or other
     information shall be considered "relevant" shall be made in accordance with
     the definition in Section 10.4.3.

     10.3 Notification of Benefit Determination on Review.

     10.3.1.  Manner and Content of  Notification  of Benefit  Determination  on
Review.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  provide a  Participant  or  Beneficiary
claimant  with  written  notification  of the Plan's  benefit  determination  on
review. In the case of an adverse benefit determination,  the notification shall
set  forth,  in a manner  calculated  to be  understood  by the  Participant  or
Beneficiary claimant:

          (a) The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;

          (b)   Reference  to  the  specific   plan   provisions  on  which  the
     determination is based;

          (c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request
     and free of charge,  reasonable  access  to, and copies of, all  documents,
     records,  and  other  information  relevant  to the  claimant's  claim  for
     benefits. For purposes of this Section, determination of whether documents,
     records, and other information shall be considered "relevant" shall be made
     in accordance with the definition provided in Section 10.4.3;

          (d) A statement of the Participant or Beneficiary  claimant's right to
     bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     10.3.2. Timing of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review.

          (a) General Rule. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section,
     the Plan Administrator  shall notify a Participant or Beneficiary  claimant
     in  accordance  with  paragraph  (a) of this Section of the Plan's  benefit
     determination  on review within a reasonable  period of time, but not later
     than 60 days after  receipt  of the  claimant's  request  for review by the
     Plan, unless the Plan Administrator  determines that special  circumstances
     require  an  extension  of time  for  processing  the  claim.  If the  Plan
     Administrator  determines  that an  extension  of time  for  processing  is
     required,  written  notice  of the  extension  shall  be  furnished  to the
     claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period. In no event
     shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial
     period.  The  extension  notice shall  indicate  the special  circumstances
     requiring  an  extension  of time and the date by which the Plan expects to
     render the determination on review.

          (b) Special Rule in Case of a Committee Serving as Plan Administrator.
     In the event that the Company has designated  more than one person to serve
     by  committee  as Plan  Administrator,  and the  committee  serving as Plan
     Administrator  holds  regularly  scheduled  meetings  at  least  quarterly,
     paragraph (a) of this Section shall not apply,  and the Plan  Administrator
     shall  instead make a benefit  determination  no later than the date of the
     meeting of the committee that  immediately  follows the Plan's receipt of a
     request for review,  unless the request for review is filed  within 30 days
     preceding the date of such meeting.  In such case, a benefit  determination
     may be made no later  than the date of the  second  meeting  following  the
     Plan's receipt of the request for review. If special  circumstances require
     further extension of time for processing,  a benefit determination shall be
     rendered not later than the third  meeting of the  committee  following the
     Plan's receipt of the request for review.  If such an extension of time for
     review is required because of special circumstances, the Plan Administrator
     shall provide the claimant with written notice of the extension, describing
     the   special   circumstances   and  the  date  as  of  which  the  benefit
     determination will be made, prior to the commencement of the extension. The
     Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant,  in accordance with paragraph
     (a) of this Section, of the benefit determination as soon as possible,  but
     no later than 5 days after the benefit determination is made.

          (c) Calculating  Time Periods.  For purposes of this Section 10.3, the
     period of time within which a benefit  determination  on review is required
     to be made shall  begin at the time an appeal is filed in  accordance  with
     the  reasonable  procedures  of a Plan,  without  regard to whether all the
     information necessary to make a benefit determination on review accompanies
     the filing.  In the event that a period of time is  extended  as  permitted
     pursuant  to  paragraph  (a) or (b) of  this  Section  due to a  claimant's
     failure to submit  information  necessary to decide a claim, the period for
     making the benefit determination on review shall be tolled from the date on
     which the  notification  of the extension is sent to the claimant until the
     date  on  which  the  claimant  responds  to  the  request  for  additional
     information.

     10.4 Definitions.  For purposes of Section 10, the following terms shall be
defined as follows:

     10.4.1.  Adverse benefit  determination.  "Adverse  benefit  determination"
means any of the following: a denial, reduction, or termination of, or a failure

                                       13
<PAGE>

to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for, a benefit,  including  any
such denial, reduction,  termination, or failure to provide or make payment that
is based on a determination of a Participant's  or Beneficiary's  eligibility to
participate in the Plan.

     10.4.2.  Notice  or  notification.  "Notice"  or  "Notification"  means the
delivery  or  furnishing  of  information  to an  individual  in a  manner  that
satisfies the standards of 29 CFR  2520.104b-1(b) as appropriate with respect to
material required to be furnished or made available to an individual.

     10.4.3.  Relevant.  A  document,  record  or  other  information  shall  be
considered  "relevant"  to  the  Participant  or  Beneficiary's  claim  if  such
document, record or other information:

          (a) was relied upon in making the benefit determination;

          (b) was  submitted,  considered,  or generated in the course of making
     the benefit determination, without regard to whether such document, record,
     or other  information was relied upon in making the benefit  determination;
     and

          (c)  demonstrates  compliance  with the  administrative  processes and
     safeguards   designed   to  ensure  and  to  verify  that   benefit   claim
     determinations  are  made in  accordance  with the  Plan  and  that,  where
     appropriate,  the Plan  provisions  have  been  applied  consistently  with
     respect to similarly situated Participants or Beneficiaries.

     Section 11. Amendment, Termination, Mergers and Consolidations.

     11.1. Amendment. The provisions of this Plan may be amended at any time and
from time to time by the Company; provided, however, that:

          11.1.1.  No amendment  will increase the duties or  liabilities of the
     Trustee without the consent of the Trustee.

          11.1.2. No amendment will decrease the vested balance in any Account.

          11.1.3. No amendment shall adversely impact the  Participants'  rights
     to  receive  payment  under the Plan  with  respect  to vested  Participant
     Accounts.

          11.1.4. No amendment will decrease any Participant's vested percentage
     of his or her Account.

     11.2. Termination. While it is the Company's intention to continue the Plan
indefinitely  in  operation,  the  Company  nevertheless  reserves  the right to
terminate the Plan in whole or in part. On  termination of the Plan, the Trustee
will pay over to each Participant  (and deferred vested former  Participant) the
value of his or her vested Account, and thereupon dissolve the Trust Fund.

     11.3. Permanent  Discontinuance of Contributions.  The Company reserves the
right  at  any  time  to  permanently   suspend  or  discontinue   all  Employer
contributions.

                                       14
<PAGE>

     Section 12. Participating Employers.

     12.1.  Adoption  by Other  Corporations.  With the  consent of the Board of
Directors, any Affiliate may adopt this Plan and all of the provisions hereof as
to all or any category of its Eligible Persons, as a participating  Employer, by
a  properly  executed  document  evidencing  the intent and will of the board of
directors of the other corporation.

     12.2. Requirements of Participating Employers.  Each participating Employer
will be required to use the same Trustee and Trust Agreement as provided in this
Plan,  and the  Trustee  will  commingle,  hold and invest as the Trust Fund all
contributions  made  by  participating  Employers,  as  well  as all  increments
thereof.

     12.3.  Designation of Agent. With respect to all relations with the Trustee
and Plan  Administrator,  each  participating  Employer  will be  deemed to have
irrevocably designated the Company as its agent.

     12.4.  Eligible  Person  Transfers.  If an Eligible  Person is  transferred
between  Employers,  the Eligible Person involved will carry with him or her the
Eligible  Person's  accumulated  service and eligibility,  no such transfer will
effect a Separation Date hereunder,  and the participating Employer to which the
Eligible Person is transferred  will thereupon  become obligated with respect to
such Eligible Person in the same manner as was the  participating  Employer from
whom the Eligible Person was transferred.

     12.5.  Discontinuance  of  Participation.  Any  participating  Employer may
discontinue  or revoke its  participation  in the Plan.  At the time of any such
discontinuance  or  revocation,   satisfactory   evidence  thereof  and  of  any
applicable conditions imposed will be delivered to the Trustee.

     12.6. Plan  Administrator's  Authority.  The Plan  Administrator  will have
discretionary  authority  to make any and all  necessary  rules or  regulations,
binding upon all participating Employers and all Participants, to effectuate the
purposes of the Plan.

     Section 13. Miscellaneous Provisions.

     13.1. Nonalienation of Benefits. None of the payments,  benefits, or rights
of any  Participant or Beneficiary  will be subject to any claim of any creditor
of such Participant or Beneficiary, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
all  such  payments,   benefits,  and  rights  will  be  free  from  attachment,
garnishment,  or any other legal or equitable  process available to any creditor
of such Participant or Beneficiary.  No Participant or Beneficiary will have the
right to alienate,  anticipate,  commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any of the
benefits or  payments  which he or she may expect to  receive,  contingently  or
otherwise, under the Plan, except the right to designate a Beneficiary.

     13.2.  No  Contract  of  Employment.  All  benefits  created  by  the  Plan
constitute a voluntary  act on the part of the Employer and are not to be deemed
or construed to be a part of any contract of  employment.  Neither the action of
the  Employer in  establishing  the Plan nor any action  hereafter  taken by the

                                       15
<PAGE>

Employer or the Plan  Administrator  will be construed as giving to any Eligible
Person a right to be  retained  in the  service of the  Employer or any right or
claim to any benefits under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan.

     13.3.  Severability.  If any  provision  of this  Plan is held  invalid  or
unenforceable,  such  invalidity or  unenforceability  will not affect any other
provision  hereof,  and this  Plan will be  construed  and  enforced  as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included.

     13.4.  Successors.  This Plan will be binding  upon the  heirs,  executors,
administrators,  personal  representatives,   successors,  and  assigns  of  the
parties, including each Participant and Beneficiary, present and future.

     13.5.  Captions.   The  headings  and  captions  herein  are  provided  for
convenience  only,  will not be  considered a part of the Plan,  and will not be
employed in the construction of the Plan.

     13.6.  Gender and Number.  Except  where  otherwise  clearly  indicated  by
context,  the masculine  gender will include the feminine  gender,  the singular
will include the plural, and vice versa.

     13.7.  Controlling Law. This Plan will be construed and enforced  according
to the laws of the State of  Tennessee  to the extent not  preempted  by federal
law,  which will  otherwise  control.  This Plan is  intended to comply with the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted in accordance
with such intent.

     13.8.  Title to Assets.  No Participant or Beneficiary  will have any right
to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund, upon termination of his or her
employment  or  otherwise.  The  Employer  will remain  primarily  liable to pay
benefits under the Plan. However,  the Employer's  liability under the Plan will
be  reduced  or offset to the extent  benefit  payments  are made from the Trust
Fund. The provisions of the Trust Fund are incorporated by reference.

     13.9. Payments to Minors, Etc. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of
a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipting therefore
will be deemed paid when paid to such person's  guardian,  to a trustee  holding
assets for such person or to the party  providing,  or  reasonably  appearing to
provide, for the care of such person, and such payments will fully discharge the
Trustee, the Plan Administrator, the Employer and all other parties with respect
thereto.

     13.10.  Acknowledgments.   The  Participants  specifically  understand  and
acknowledge that the value of the Accounts may increase or decrease and that any
such decrease will reduce the benefits payable under this Plan.

     13.11.  Entire  Agreement;  Successors.  This Plan,  including any election
agreements  and any amendments  thereto,  will  constitute the entire  agreement
between the  Company and the  Participant  with  respect to the amounts  payable
under the Plan. No oral  statement  regarding the Plan may be relied upon by the
Participant.  This Plan and any amendment will be binding on the parties thereto

                                       16
<PAGE>

and their respective heirs,  administrators,  trustees,  successors and assigns,
and on all Beneficiaries.  By becoming a Participant,  each Eligible Person will
be  conclusively  deemed to have assented to the  provisions of the Plan and the
Trust Agreement and to any amendments thereto.

     13.12. Tax Effects. None of the Employer,  the Plan Administrator,  and any
firm,  person,  or  corporation,  represents or guarantees  that any  particular
federal,  state  or  local  tax  consequences  will  occur  as a  result  of any
Participant's participation in this Plan. Each





Participant  should  consult  with  his or her own  advisors  regarding  the tax
consequences of participation in this Plan.


                                CBRL Group, Inc.



                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------

                                Title:
                                      ------------------------------------



                                       17

<PAGE>


                                CBRL GROUP, INC.
                           NON-QUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN


                                    EXHIBIT A


                               ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES


In accordance with Section 1 of this Plan Document, employees who are members of
a select group of management or highly compensated  employees and who either (i)
were  eligible  to  participate  in the  Prior  Plan  immediately  prior  to the
Effective Date, or (ii) are employed by the Employer in a category of employment
designated below shall be eligible for  participation in the Plan. In all cases,
however,  the Committee  shall have final  authority and discretion to determine
those  positions and employees who will be eligible to  participate in the Plan,
regardless whether such positions or employees are listed below.

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                                      <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
CBRL GROUP                           CRACKER BARREL                           LOGAN'S ROADHOUSE
- ----------                           --------------                           -----------------
All officers and MIP employees       All officers, MIP employees, District    All officers, Senior Directors,
                                     Managers, and General Managers           Directors and Regional Managers
</TABLE>





<PAGE>


                 ALTERNATIVE REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
                FOR PENSION PLANS FOR CERTAIN SELECTED EMPLOYEES
                ------------------------------------------------

To the Secretary of Labor:

     In compliance with the requirements of the alternative  method of reporting
and  disclosure  under  Part 1 of  Title  I of the  Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974 for unfunded or insured pension plans for a select group of
management  or highly  compensated  employees,  specified in Department of Labor
Regulations, 29 C.F.R. ss.2520.104-23,  the following information is provided by
the undersigned employer.

     Name and Address of Employer:               CBRL Group, Inc.
                                                 ----------------

                                                 P. O. Box 787
                                                 -------------

                                                 Lebanon, TN  37085-0787
                                                 -----------------------

     Employer Identification Number:             62-1749513
                                                 ----------

     CBRL Group,  Inc.  maintains  plans  primarily for the purpose of providing
deferred  compensation  for a select group of management  or highly  compensated
employees.

Number of Plans and
Participants in Each
Plan:                      2 Plans covering 9 and 1,000 Employees, respectively.
                           -                -     -----


     Dated: ___________, 2005.

                                            CBRL Group, Inc.

                                            By
                                              -------------------------------

                                            Title: Assistant Secretary
                                                   --------------------------

          This form should be mailed to:

                      Top Hat Plan Exemption
                      Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration
                      Room N-5644
                      U.S. Department of Labor
                      200 Constitution Avenue, NW
                      Washington, DC  20210

         (Send certified mail to evidence filing requirement satisfied)

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>3
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex10i.txt
<DESCRIPTION>AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO OMNIBUS PLAN
<TEXT>

Exhibit 10(i)

                                 Amendment No. 1
                                       to
                                CBRL GROUP, INC.
                    2002 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                       (Approved by shareholders 11/23/04)

     1. Sections 1, 6, 19, 24 and 26 of the 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan each are
amended by deleting  the  references  to "Outside  Director  Option" or "Outside
Director  Options" each time those terms appear and replacing them  respectively
with "Outside Director Award" or "Outside Director Awards".

     2.  Section 2.20 of the 2002 Omnibus  Incentive  Plan is hereby  amended by
deleting the present section in its entirety and substituting the following:

     2.20 "Outside  Director Award" means either a Director Option or a Director
Stock Award or combination  thereof awarded to an Outside Director under Section
27.

     3.  Section  27 of the 2002  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan is hereby  amended by
deleting the present section in its entirety and substituting the following:

     AWARDS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS.

     27.1  Application.  The provisions of this Section 27 apply only to Outside
Director  Awards made in accordance  with this Section.  Except as expressly set
forth herein,  the Committee  shall have no authority to determine the timing of
or the terms or conditions of any Outside Director Award.

     27.2 Awards, Restrictions and Conditions.

          a.   At the Effective Date, each person elected to serve as an Outside
               Director on that date will receive a  non-qualified  stock option
               (within the meaning of Section  8.1) to purchase  5,000 shares of
               Common Stock.  The date on which the election  occurs is the date
               of this  grant.  The  exercise  price  per  share of each  option
               granted  pursuant  to this  Section  27.2a.  shall equal the Fair
               Market Value per share of Common  Stock on the last  business day
               immediately prior to the date of this grant.  These options shall
               vest and become exercisable in 3 equal annual installments,  with
               the first 1/3  vesting  on the first  anniversary  of the date of
               this grant.

          b.   On the date of each Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company
               following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders in 2004, unless this
               Plan has been previously  terminated,  each Outside  Director who
               will  continue as a director  following  the meeting will receive
               either (1) a non-qualified stock option

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

               (within  the  meaning of  Section  8.1) to  purchase  up to 5,000
               shares of Common Stock (a "Director  Option"),  (2) a Stock Award
               of up to 2000 shares of Common  Stock or Units of Common Stock (a
               "Director  Stock  Award"),  or (3) any  combination  of  Director
               Option or  Director  Stock  Award,  each  subject to the  maximum
               amounts set forth in clauses  (1) and (2).  The date on which the
               Annual Meeting of Shareholders occurs shall be deemed the date of
               the grant of either a Director  Option or a Director Stock Award.
               The exercise price per share of a Director Option shall equal the
               Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the last  business
               day  immediately  prior to the date of the grant.  Both  Director
               Options and Director Stock Awards shall vest (and, in the case of
               Director   Options,   become   exercisable)  in  3  equal  annual
               installments  with the first 1/3 vesting on the first anniversary
               of the date of the grant. Before the end of each fiscal year, the
               Committee  shall  designate  the  number of shares  (or Units) of
               Common  Stock (up to the  maximums  set forth above) that will be
               subject to  Director  Options  and/or  Director  Stock  Awards at
               succeeding  Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders.  Unless  there is a
               change in designation, any designation made in a prior year shall
               continue until modified or rescinded.

          c.   If any  person  who was not  previously  a member of the Board is
               elected or appointed an Outside Director  following the Effective
               Date,  but prior to the July 31  immediately  preceding the first
               annual meeting of  shareholders  following his or her election or
               appointment, that Outside Director will receive a Director Option
               to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock.  The date prior to July
               31 on which the  election or  appointment  occurs shall be deemed
               the date of the grant. The exercise price per share of a Director
               Option granted  pursuant to this Section 27.2.c.  shall equal the
               Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the last  business
               day  immediately  prior to the date of the grant.  These  options
               shall vest and become exercisable in 3 equal annual installments,
               with the first 1/3 vesting on the first  anniversary  of the date
               of this grant.

          d.   No Director  Option shall be exercisable  prior to vesting.  Each
               unexercised  Director Option shall expire on the 10th anniversary
               of the date of grant.

          e.   The exercise price of a Director Option may be paid in cash or in
               shares  of Common  Stock  which  have  been  owned for at least 6
               months (or any  shorter  or longer  period  necessary  to avoid a
               charge  to  the  Company's   earnings  for  financial   reporting
               purposes),  and  including  shares of Common  Stock  subject to a
               Director Option.

          f.   Outside  Director  Awards shall not be  transferable  without the
               prior  written  consent of the Board other than  transfers by the
               Outside  Director (i) to a member of his or her Immediate  Family
               or a to trust for the benefit of the Outside Director or a member
               of his or her  Immediate  Family,  directly  or by will or by the
               laws of descent and  distribution,  or (ii) to a fund  affiliated
               with him or her.

          g.   Grantees  of Outside  Director  Awards  shall  receive  and Award
               Notice setting forth other terms and  restrictions as provided in

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

               this Plan and,  in the case of a Director  Option,  the  exercise
               price.

          h.   Upon  termination of an Outside  Director's  service as a Company
               director,  (i) all Outside Director Awards that are vested and/or
               exercisable and held by that Outside  Director will remain vested
               and/or  exercisable  through their  expiration dates and (ii) all
               remaining  Outside  Director Awards held by that Outside Director
               will vest and/or become  exercisable  to the extent of any shares
               that  would  have  vested  and/or  become  exercisable  within  a
               12-month period ending on the anniversary  date of termination of
               service.  Any Director  Options  which vest under this  provision
               must be exercised,  if at all, within that same 12-month  period,
               unless the director has qualified for  retirement  from the Board
               by reaching at least 50 years of age and having served at least 7
               years as a director of the  Company.  After  reaching  retirement
               status,  a director whose Board service ends will be permitted to
               exercise all options vested  pursuant to these  provisions  until
               the stated  expiration date of the options.  Any unvested Outside
               Director  Award  held  by the  Outside  Director  on the  date of
               termination  of service will lapse and be forfeited to the extent
               that they do not vest and/or become  exercisable  pursuant to the
               preceding sentences. The Board may, in its sole discretion, elect
               to  accelerate  the  vesting  of any  Outside  Director  Award in
               connection  with the  termination  of service  of any  individual
               Outside Director.

          i.   Outside  Director  Awards  shall be subject  to  Section  26. The
               number  of  shares  and the  exercise  price  per  share  of each
               existing  Director Option shall be adjusted  automatically  when,
               and in the same manner as, the number of shares and the  exercise
               price of Stock Options under Section 19 are adjusted  pursuant to
               Section  19. The  number of shares  underlying  potential  future
               Director Options shall be adjusted automatically when, and in the
               same manner as, the number of shares underlying outstanding Stock
               Options are adjusted pursuant to Section 19.

          j.   The Board,  in its sole  discretion  (and  absent  other  express
               action,  without affecting the size of future option grants), may
               reduce the size of any Outside  Director  Award prior to grant or
               to  postpone  or extend the  vesting  and  exercisability  of any
               Outside Director Award prior to grant.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex10j.txt
<DESCRIPTION>FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD
<TEXT>

Exhibit 10(j)

                                CBRL GROUP, INC.
                          RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTICE


     This Award Notice (the "Notice") is dated this  ____________________,  from
CBRL Group, Inc., a Tennessee  corporation (the "Company") to __________________
of the Company (the "Employee").

     WHEREAS, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Company's Board
of Directors has authorized an award to the Employee of ______________ shares of
the Company's $0.01 par value common stock (the "Restricted  Stock") pursuant to
the  terms  and  provisions  of the CBRL  Group,  Inc.  2002  Omnibus  Incentive
Compensation Plan (the "Plan");

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and other good and
valuable consideration,  including the services to be rendered to the Company by
the  Employee,  the  Company  does  hereby  award  the  Restricted  Stock to the
Employee, and the Employee, by his/her signature hereto, accepts such Restricted
Stock, on the following terms and conditions:

     (1) Grant of Restricted  Stock.  The Company  hereby grants to the Employee
______________________shares   of   Restricted   Stock,   subject   to  all  the
restrictions,  limitations  and other terms and  provisions of the Plan and this
Notice.  Upon  vesting,  the Company shall cause a  certificate  evidencing  the
Restricted  Stock to be issued by the Company's stock transfer  agent,  who will
release  such  Restricted   Stock  to  the  Employee  solely  upon  the  written
instructions of the Company.

     (2)   Restrictions.   Until  the   Restricted   Stock   vests  and  becomes
distributable  in accordance  with the Plan and this Notice,  the Employee shall
not have any of the rights of a  shareholder  of the Company with respect to the
Restricted Stock,  including the right to vote the shares or to receive any cash
dividends.

     (3)  Vesting.  The  Restricted  Stock,  subject  to all  the  restrictions,
limitations  and other terms and  provisions of the Plan and this Notice,  shall
vest and become distributable in accordance with the following schedule, and the
restrictions  shall lapse so long as the  Employee is employed by the Company on
the applicable vesting date:

     Vesting Date          Number of shares vesting     Cumulative shares vested
     ------------          ------------------------     ------------------------


     (4)  Non-transferability.  Unvested Restricted Stock is not transferable by
the Employee.

                                       1
<PAGE>


     (5) Notice  Subject to Plan.  This Notice does not undertake to express all
conditions,  terms and provisions of the Plan. The grant of the Restricted Stock
is subject in all  respects to all of the  restrictions,  limitations  and other
terms and provisions of the Plan,  which,  by this  reference,  is  incorporated
herein to the same extent as if copied verbatim.

     (6) Tax Withholding and Section 83(b)  Elections.  At the time the Employee
shall become subject to federal  income  taxation with respect to the Restricted
Stock  (normally  upon  vesting,  unless the  Employee  files an election  under
Section 83(b) of the Code),  the Employee shall pay to the Company the amount of
any Federal, state, local and other taxes required to be withheld by the Company
with respect to the  Restricted  Stock.  If the Employee files an election under
Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal  Revenue Service to include the fair
market  value of any shares of  Restricted  Stock in gross income while they are
still subject to any  restrictions,  the Employee shall promptly  furnish to the
Company a copy of such election.  The Company may make such  provisions and take
such steps as it may deem  necessary or appropriate  for the  withholding of all
Federal,  state,  local and other taxes  required by law to be withheld upon the
vesting of the Restricted Stock.  Unless otherwise  determined by the Committee,
the Employee  will be  permitted  to elect to  surrender a sufficient  number of
shares of the vested  Restricted  Stock to satisfy  the  Company's  minimum  tax
withholding obligation.

     (7)  Acceptance  of  Restricted  Stock.  The  Employee  hereby  accepts the
Restricted  Stock subject to all the  restrictions,  limitations and other terms
and provisions of the Plan and this Notice.


WITNESS the action of the Company  effective  as of the day and year first above
written.


The foregoing is acknowledged and accepted:


- -------------------------------------------

                                                  CBRL Group, Inc.

                                                  By: _________________________

                                                  Name ________________________

                                                  Title _______________________


                                       2
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex10k.txt
<DESCRIPTION>FORM OF STOCK OPTION AWARD
<TEXT>

                                CBRL GROUP, INC.

Exhibit 10(k)

     CBRL Employee
     CBRL Employee Address
     CBRL Employee Address


RE:  STOCK OPTION ACCEPTANCE


DEAR Employee:

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of CBRL GROUP,  INCORPORATED'S  AMENDED AND
RESTATED STOCK OPTION PLAN (the "Plan"),  you have been granted a  Non-Qualified
Stock Option to purchase  ___ shares (the  'Option') of common stock as outlined
below.

  Granted To:             EMPLOYEE NAME           Employee Number XXXX

  Grant Date:             XXXX

  Options Granted:        XXX

  Option Price per Share: $XX.XX   Total Cost to Exercise For ___ Shares $XXXXX

  Expiration Date:        XX/XX/XX

Vesting does not begin,  pursuant to the Plan,  and the terms and  conditions of
this award, until ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF THE GRANT.

Vesting Schedule:  3 Year Plan

                Shares Vested               Total Shares Vested at Date

                  __ on Date                ___ on Date
                  __ on Date                ___ on Date
                  __ on Date                ___ on Date


Subject to the terms and  conditions  of the Plan and this  award,  this  Option
shall be  exercisable as to vested  shares,  in whole or in part,  beginning one
year from the  Grant  Date,  but not  after the day which is 10 years  after the
Grant Date.

You will be  notified  by  email on how to  access  the plan  document  and plan
prospectus,  both of which provide  additional detail regarding the stock option
plan.

You are not required to acknowledge your stock option grant.  Retain this letter
for your files.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex10l.txt
<DESCRIPTION>FORM OF STOCK OPTION AWARD
<TEXT>

                                CBRL GROUP, INC.

Exhibit 10(l)

     CBRL Employee
     CBRL Employee Address
     CBRL Employee Address


RE:  STOCK OPTION ACCEPTANCE


DEAR Employee:

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of CBRL GROUP,  INC. 2002 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE
COMPENSATION  PLAN (the  "Plan"),  you have been granted a  Non-Qualified  Stock
Option to purchase ___ shares (the 'Option') of common stock as outlined below.

 Granted To:              EMPLOYEE NAME            Employee Number XXXX

 Grant Date:              XXXX

 Options Granted:         XXX

 Option Price per Share:  $XX.XX    Total Cost to Exercise For ___ Shares $XXXXX

 Expiration Date:         XX/XX/XX

Vesting does not begin,  pursuant to the Plan,  and the terms and  conditions of
this award, until ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF THE GRANT.

Vesting Schedule:  3 Year Plan

                 Shares Vested              Total Shares Vested at Date

                  __ on Date                ___ on Date
                  __ on Date                ___ on Date
                  __ on Date                ___ on Date


Subject to the terms and  conditions  of the Plan and this  award,  this  Option
shall be  exercisable as to vested  shares,  in whole or in part,  beginning one
year from the  Grant  Date,  but not  after the day which is 10 years  after the
Grant Date.

You will be  notified  by  email on how to  access  the plan  document  and plan
prospectus,  both of which provide  additional detail regarding the stock option
plan.

You are not required to acknowledge your stock option grant.  Retain this letter
for your files.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>7
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex10m.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
<TEXT>


Exhibit 10(m)

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement"),  effective as of August 1, 2005
("Effective  Date"),  is made and entered into by and between  CBRL GROUP,  INC.
(the "Company") and MICHAEL A. WOODHOUSE ("Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  Executive  currently is serving as the  Chairman,  President  and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to an employment agreement dated
as of August 4, 2001 (the "Prior Employment Agreement") and also is a party to a
retention agreement dated as of October 8, 1999 (the "Retention Agreement") (the
Prior  Employment  Agreement  and  the  Retention  Agreement  being  hereinafter
referred to as the "Prior Agreements"); and

     WHEREAS, the Prior Agreements currently expire on July 30, 2006; and

     WHEREAS, the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") recognizes that the
Executive's  contribution  to the growth and success of the Company during prior
years has been substantial and the Board now desires,  and deems it to be in the
best interests of the Company and its shareholders, to provide for the continued
employment  of the  Executive  and to make  certain  changes in the  Executive's
employment  arrangements  with the Company which the Board has  determined  will
reinforce and encourage the  Executive's  continued  attention and dedication to
the Company. and

     WHEREAS,  the  Executive is willing to commit  himself to continue to serve
the Company on the specified terms and conditions; and

     WHEREAS, in order to effect the foregoing purposes,  to terminate the Prior
Agreements  as  of  the  Effective  Date  and  to  provide  for  the  employment
relationship  of the  Executive  to be  embodied in this  single  document,  the
Company and the Executive  wish to enter into this  employment  agreement on the
terms and conditions set forth below;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in  consideration  of the  premises,  the  mutual
promises,  covenants and  agreements  contained  herein,  and for other good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT.
   -----------

     Subject to the terms and conditions of this  Agreement,  the Company hereby
employs  Executive  as its  Chief  Executive  Officer.  During  the term of this
Agreement,  subject to Section  3.1,  Executive  also shall  serve as either the
Company's Chairman or President.

2. DURATION OF AGREEMENT.
   ----------------------

                                       1
<PAGE>

     2.1 Initial Term. This employment shall begin as of the Effective Date, and
shall continue until it terminates  pursuant to this Agreement.  For purposes of
this Agreement,  each  anniversary of the Effective Date shall be referred to as
an  "Anniversary  Date," and the one-year  period between the Effective Date and
the first  Anniversary  Date, and thereafter from each  Anniversary  Date to the
next,  shall be referred to as a "Contract  Year." Unless  extended  pursuant to
Section  2.2,  or earlier  terminated  pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10,
this  Agreement  will  automatically  terminate on July 31, 2008.  The specified
period during which this Agreement is in effect is the "Term."

     2.2 Extensions of Term.

          2.2.1 By  Agreement.  The Term may be extended  to a specified  future
     date at any time by the specific  written  agreement of the parties  signed
     prior to the  original  expiration  date  specified  in Section 2.1, or any
     subsequent expiration date established pursuant to Section 2.2.2.

          2.2.2 Annual Extension.  On each Anniversary Date, beginning August 1,
     2008,  unless  either  party to this  Agreement  has  notified the other in
     writing not less than twelve (12) months prior to such  Anniversary Date of
     that party's intention to allow this Agreement to expire and not be renewed
     at the end of the then  current  Term,  the  Term  shall  automatically  be
     extended for one Contract Year on and from each Anniversary Date.

          2.2.3 Extension Because of Change in Control. In the event of a Change
     in  Control  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of the  Company,  the  Term  shall
     automatically  be extended for two (2) Contract  Years  effective as of the
     date of the  Change in Control  (the  effect of this  extension  being that
     following a Change in Control,  Executive's  employment  shall continue for
     the  remainder  of the Term of this  Agreement,  as the Term may have  been
     extended  prior to the Change in Control  pursuant to Section  2.2.2 above,
     plus an additional two (2) Contract  Years),  at which time Executive shall
     be  entitled  to  exercise  the rights and  receive  the  benefits  of this
     Agreement that are described in Section 10. For purposes of this Agreement,
     a "Change in  Control"  of the  Company  ----------  shall mean a change in
     control of a nature  that would be  required  to be reported in response to
     Item  6(e)  of  Schedule  14A  of  Regulation  14A  promulgated  under  the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); provided,
     however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed
     to have occurred if during the Term: (a) any "person" (as such term is used
     in  Sections  13(d)  and  14(d)  of the  Exchange  Act) is or  becomes  the
     "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),
     directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than
     thirty-five  percent  (35%) of the combined  voting power of the  Company's
     then outstanding  voting securities unless that acquisition was approved or

                                       2
<PAGE>

     ratified  by a vote of at least 2/3 of the  members  of the Board in office
     immediately  prior to the acquisition;  or (b) all or substantially  all of
     the assets of the  Company are sold,  exchanged  or  otherwise  transferred
     (other  than to secure  debt  owed by the  Company);  or (c) the  Company's
     shareholders  approve  a  plan  of  liquidation  or  dissolution;   or  (d)
     individuals  who at the  beginning  of the Term  constitute  members of the
     Board of Company cease for any reason other than at the request or with the
     concurrence  of the Executive to constitute a majority  thereof  unless the
     election, or the nomination for election by the Company's shareholders,  of
     each new  director  was  approved  by a vote of at least a majority  of the
     directors  then still in office who were  directors at the beginning of the
     Term.

3. POSITION AND DUTIES.
   --------------------

     3.1  Position.  Executive  shall  serve as the  Company's  Chief  Executive
Officer.  Executive  shall  report to the  Board and  perform  such  duties  and
responsibilities  as may be prescribed  from  time-to-time  by the Board,  which
shall be consistent with the  responsibilities  of similarly situated executives
of comparable  companies in similar  lines of business.  So long as Executive is
serving as Chief  Executive  Officer,  the Company shall nominate  Executive for
election as a member of the Board at each meeting of the Company's  shareholders
at which  the  election  of  Executive  is  subject  to a vote by the  Company's
shareholders and to recommend that the shareholders of the Company vote to elect
Executive  as a member of the Board.  From time to time,  Executive  also may be
designated  as Chairman of the Board or as  President of the Company and to such
other  offices  within the Company or its  subsidiaries  as may be  necessary or
appropriate  for  the  convenience  of the  businesses  of the  Company  and its
subsidiaries;  provided,  however, during the Term, he shall, in addition to the
title of Chief  Executive  Officer,  also hold the title of either  Chairman  or
President.

     3.2 Full-Time  Efforts.  Executive shall perform and discharge  faithfully,
diligently and to the best of his ability such duties and  responsibilities  and
shall devote his  full-time  efforts to the business and affairs of the Company.
Executive  agrees to promote  the best  interests  of the Company and to take no
action that in any way damages the public  image or  reputation  of the Company,
its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

     3.3 No  Interference  With  Duties.  Executive  shall not (i) engage in any
activities,  or render services to or become  associated with any other business
that  in the  reasonable  judgment  of the  Board  violates  Article  14 of this
Agreement;  or (ii)  devote  time to other  activities  which  would  inhibit or
otherwise  interfere  with  the  proper  performance  of his  duties,  provided,
however, that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i)
devote  reasonable  periods of time to charitable  and community  activities and
industry or professional activities,  or (ii) manage personal business interests
and  investments,  so  long  as  such  activities  do  not  interfere  with  the
performance of Executive's responsibilities under this Agreement. Executive may,
with the prior  approval of the Board (or  applicable  committee),  serve on the
boards of directors (or other governing  body) of other for profit  corporations
or entities, consistent with this Agreement and the Company's policies.

     3.4 Work  Standard.  Executive  hereby  agrees  that he shall at all  times
comply with and abide by all terms and conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,
and all  applicable  work  policies,  procedures  and  rules as may be issued by
Company.  Executive also agrees that he shall comply with all federal, state and
local statutes,  regulations and public ordinances  governing the performance of
his duties hereunder.

                                       3
<PAGE>

4.  COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.
    --------------------------

     4.1 Base  Salary.  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  set forth in this
Agreement,  the Company  shall pay  Executive,  and Executive  shall accept,  an
annual  salary  ("Base  Salary")  in the  amount of Eight  Hundred  Seventy-five
Thousand  and  No/100  Dollars  ($875,000).  The  Base  Salary  shall be paid in
accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices and may be increased from
time to time at the sole discretion of the Board.

     4.2 Incentive,  Savings and Retirement  Plans.  During the Term,  Executive
shall  be  entitled  to  participate  in  all  incentive   (including,   without
limitation, long term incentive plans), savings and retirement plans, practices,
policies and programs  applicable  generally to senior executive officers of the
Company  ("Peer  Executives"),  and on the same  basis as such Peer  Executives,
except as to benefits that are specifically  applicable to Executive pursuant to
this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing,  the following provisions shall
apply with respect to Executive:

          4.2.1 Incentive Bonus. Executive shall be entitled to an annual bonus,
     the  amount of which  shall be  determined  by the  Compensation  and Stock
     Option  Committee  of  the  Board  (the  "Committee").  The  amount  of and
     performance  criteria  with  respect to any such bonus in any year shall be
     determined  not later than the date or time  prescribed by Treas.  Reg. ss.
     1.162-27(e)  in accordance  with a formula to be agreed upon by the Company
     and Executive and approved by the Committee that reflects the financial and
     other performance of the Company and the Executive's contributions thereto.
     Throughout  the  Term,  the  Executive's  annual  target  (subject  to such
     performance  and other  criteria as may be  established  by the  Committee)
     bonus shall be no less than one hundred  fifty  percent  (150%) of the Base
     Salary.

          4.2.2  Welfare   Benefit  Plans.   During  the  Term,   Executive  and
     Executive's eligible dependents shall be eligible for participation in, and
     shall receive all benefits  under,  the welfare  benefit plans,  practices,
     policies  and  programs  provided  by  the  Company   (including,   without
     limitation,  medical,  prescription,  dental,  disability,  executive life,
     group  life,  accidental  death and  travel  accident  insurance  plans and
     programs)  ("Welfare  Plans") to the extent  applicable  generally  to Peer
     Executives.

          4.2.3 Vacation. Executive shall be entitled to an annual paid vacation
     commensurate  with  the  Company's  established  vacation  policy  for Peer
     Executives. The timing of paid vacations shall be scheduled in a reasonable
     manner by the Executive.

          4.2.4  Business  Expenses.  Executive  shall  be  reimbursed  for  all
     reasonable  business  expenses incurred in carrying out the work hereunder.
     Executive  shall follow the Company's  expense  procedures  that  generally
     apply to other Peer Executives in accordance  with the policies,  practices
     and  procedures of the Company to the extent  applicable  generally to such
     Peer Executives.

                                       4
<PAGE>

          4.2.5  Perquisites.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  such
     executive  perquisites,  fringe and other  benefits as are  provided to the
     senior most  executives and their families under any of the Company's plans
     and/or  programs in effect from time to time and such other benefits as are
     customarily available to Peer Executives.

          4.3 Restricted Stock.

          4.3.1 Shares.  Subject to all of the  conditions  (including,  without
     limitation,  satisfaction  of the  performance  goals  described in Section
     4.3.2, the time of vesting and right to receive) and restrictions set forth
     in this  Section  4.3.1,  Company  hereby  grants to  Executive an award of
     125,000 shares (the  "Restricted  Shares") of the Company's $0.01 par value
     common stock (the  "Shares").  Subject to  satisfaction  of the performance
     goals described in Section 4.3.2, the Restricted Shares shall become vested
     in, and shall be distributed to, the Executive in three (3) installments on
     each of the dates set forth  below (each of which shall be referred to as a
     "Distribution  Date," with the three (3) dates being collectively  referred
     to as the "Distribution Dates") in the following respective amounts:

                                                  Number of
          Distribution Date                        Shares
          -----------------                       ---------

          September 15, 2008                      75,000   (60%)
          September 15, 2009                      25,000   (20%)
          September 15, 2010                      25,000   (20%)
                                                 -------
          Total                                  125,000 (100%)
                                                 =======

     Immediately  following each  Distribution  Date, the Company shall promptly
     cause its transfer agent to issue a certificate to the Executive evidencing
     the  Restricted  Shares that became  distributable  to the Executive on the
     Distribution  Date.  The Company's  obligation to cause the issuance of any
     stock certificate to Executive shall be subject to any applicable  federal,
     state, or local tax withholding  requirements.  If, prior to a Distribution
     Date,  the  Executive's  employment is terminated  pursuant to Section 5 or
     Section  8 (if  the  termination  is not  for  "Good  Reason,"  as  defined
     therein),  all rights of the  Executive in any  Restricted  Shares  awarded
     under this Section 4.3.1 that, as of the date of such termination, have not
     become distributable to the Executive shall thereupon immediately terminate
     and become  forfeited.  If, prior to a Distribution  Date, the  Executive's
     employment is terminated for any reason other than pursuant to Section 5 or
     Section  8 (if  the  termination  is not  for  "Good  Reason,"  as  defined
     therein),  or if  Executive's  employment  is not  extended  as provided in
     Section 2.2.2,  provided,  in either case the Performance  Goals (pro-rated
     appropriately,   if  necessary,   through  the  last  day  of   Executive's
     employment)  described  in  Section  4.3.2  have  been  achieved,  a  stock
     certificate for all the Restricted  Shares (without  pro-ration) that would
     have become distributable to Executive on the succeeding  Distribution Date
     after  cessation of  Executive's  employment  (less any  Restricted  Shares
     previously issued) shall thereupon be issued to Executive.  Executive shall
     not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Restricted  Shares
     until the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares.
     The number of Restricted  Shares  awarded the Executive  under this Section
     4.3.1 shall be  proportionately  adjusted  to reflect  any stock  dividend,

                                       5
<PAGE>

     stock split or share combination of the Shares or any  recapitalization  of
     the Company  occurring prior to a Distribution  Date. Except as provided in
     the preceding  sentence,  no adjustment  shall be made on the issuance of a
     stock  certificate to the Executive as to any dividends or other rights for
     which the record date occurred prior to a  Distribution  Date. The right of
     the Executive to receive the  Restricted  Shares shall not be assignable or
     transferable   otherwise   than  by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent   and
     distribution.  If in the opinion of its counsel, the issuance of any Shares
     hereunder  shall not be lawful for any reason,  including  the inability of
     the  Company to obtain from any  regulatory  body  having  jurisdiction  or
     authority  deemed by such counsel to be necessary  for such  issuance,  the
     Company shall not be obligated to issue any such Restricted Shares, but, in
     such event,  shall be obligated to provide  Executive with cash or non-cash
     consideration  having equivalent after tax value which is acceptable to the
     Executive  in the  exercise  of  Executive's  reasonable  discretion.  Upon
     receipt of  Restricted  Shares at a time when there is not in effect  under
     the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  a current  registration  statement
     relating to the  Restricted  Shares,  the  Executive  shall  represent  and
     warrant in  writing to the  Company  that the  Restricted  Shares are being
     acquired for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof and
     shall agree to the placement of a legend on the certificate or certificates
     representing the Restricted  Shares evidencing the restrictions on transfer
     under  said  Act and the  issuance  of  stop-transfer  instructions  by the
     Company to its transfer agent with respect  thereto.  No Restricted  Shares
     shall be issued hereunder unless and until the then applicable requirements
     of the Securities Act of 1933, the Tennessee Business  Corporation Act, the
     Tennessee  Securities  Act of 1980, as any of the same may be amended,  the
     rules and  regulations of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission and any
     other   regulatory   agencies   and  laws  having   jurisdiction   over  or
     applicability  to  the  Company,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  of any
     securities  exchange  on which the Shares  may be  listed,  shall have been
     fully  complied with and  satisfied.  Company shall use its best efforts to
     cause all such requirements to be promptly and completely satisfied.

          4.3.2  Vesting  and  receipt  of the  Restricted  Shares is subject to
     Executive  achieving the performance  criteria  relative to Earnings Before
     Interest,  Taxes,  Depreciation,  Amortization  and Rent (the  "Performance
     Goals") as of the end of each of the fiscal years immediately prior to each
     Distribution  Date.  The  Performance  Goals are being  established  by the
     Board's   Compensation  and  Stock  Option   Committee  (the   "Committee")
     contemporaneously  with  entering  into  this  Agreement  and  prior to the
     beginning of the measurement  period for earning the Restricted Shares. The
     Committee  also shall  certify in writing prior to each  Distribution  Date
     whether the applicable Performance Goal was achieved.

                                       6
<PAGE>


5. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.
   ----------------------

     This  Agreement  may be terminated  immediately  at any time by the Company
without any liability owing to Executive or Executive's beneficiaries under this
Agreement, except Base Salary through the date of termination and benefits under
any plan or agreement covering Executive which shall be governed by the terms of
such plan or  agreement,  under the  following  conditions,  each of which shall
constitute "Cause" or "Termination for Cause":

   (a)      Any  act by  Executive  involving  fraud  and  any  breach  by
            Executive of applicable  regulations of competent  authorities
            in relation  to trading or dealing  with  stocks,  securities,
            investments  and the like or any willful or grossly  negligent
            act  by  Executive   resulting  in  an  investigation  by  the
            Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  which,  in each case, a
            majority  of the  Board  determines  in its sole and  absolute
            discretion   materially   adversely  affects  the  Company  or
            Executive's   ability  to  perform   his  duties   under  this
            Agreement;

   (b)      Attendance  at work in a state of  intoxication  or  otherwise
            being  found  in  possession  at  his  place  of  work  of any
            prohibited drug or substance, possession of which would amount
            to a criminal offense;

   (c)      Executive's  personal  dishonesty  or  willful  misconduct  in
            connection with his duties to the Company;

   (d)      Breach of  fiduciary  duty to the Company  involving  personal
            profit by the Executive;

   (e)      Conviction of the Executive for any felony or crime  involving
            moral turpitude;

   (f)      Material  intentional breach by the Executive of any provision
            of this  Agreement  or of any  Company  policy  adopted by the
            Board;

   (g)      The  continued  failure of Executive to perform  substantially
            Executive's  duties  with  the  Company  (other  than any such
            failure  resulting  from  incapacity  due to  Disability,  and
            specifically  excluding any failure by  Executive,  after good
            faith,   reasonable   and   demonstrable   efforts,   to  meet
            performance  expectations  for any  reason),  after a  written
            demand for  substantial  performance is delivered to Executive
            by a majority of the Board that  specifically  identifies  the
            manner in which such Board  believes  that  Executive  has not
            substantially performed Executive's duties.

The  cessation of  employment  of Executive  shall not be deemed to be for Cause
unless  and until  there  shall have been  delivered  to  Executive  a copy of a
resolution duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not less than two-thirds of
the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for
such purpose (after  reasonable notice is provided to Executive and Executive is
given an  opportunity,  together  with  counsel,  to be heard before the Board),

                                       7
<PAGE>

finding that,  in the good faith  opinion of such Board,  Executive is guilty of
the conduct described in any one or more of subparagraphs (a) through (g) above,
and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

6.  TERMINATION UPON DEATH.
    -----------------------

     Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the  contrary,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate  immediately  upon  Executive's  death,  and the Company shall have no
further liability to Executive or his beneficiaries under this Agreement,  other
than for payment of Accrued Obligations (as defined in Paragraph  9(a)(1)),  the
timely  payment or provision of Other  Benefits (as defined in Paragraph  9(d)),
including without limitation benefits under such plans, programs,  practices and
policies  relating to death benefits,  if any, as are applicable to Executive on
the date of his death,  plus an  additional  amount  equal to the Base Salary in
effect for the Executive at the date of the death of the Executive. This payment
shall be paid in a lump sum to the  Executive's  estate within 90 days after the
Company is given notice of the Executive's  death. The rights of the Executive's
estate with respect to stock options and restricted stock, and all other benefit
plans, shall be determined in accordance with the specific terms, conditions and
provisions of the applicable agreements and plans;  provided,  however, that the
Restricted   Shares  granted  under  Section  4.3.1  of  this  Agreement   shall
immediately vest and become distributable upon the death of the Executive.

7.  DISABILITY.
    -----------

     If the Company  determines  in good faith that the  Disability of Executive
has occurred during the Term (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth
below),  it may give to Executive  written  notice of its intention to terminate
Executive's employment.  In such event,  Executive's employment with the Company
shall  terminate  effective on the 30th day after receipt of such written notice
by Executive (the "Disability  Effective  Date"),  provided that,  within the 30
days  after  such  receipt,  Executive  shall  not have  returned  to  full-time
performance of Executive's  duties.  If Executive's  employment is terminated by
reason  of his  Disability,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further
obligations  to  Executive,  other than for payment of Accrued  Obligations  (as
defined in Paragraph 9(a)(1)), the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits
(as defined in Paragraph 9(d)), including without limitation benefits under such
plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability benefits, if any,
as are  applicable  to  Executive  on the  Disability  Effective  Date  plus  an
additional  amount  equal to the  difference,  if any,  between  the  amount  of
disability  benefits paid to Executive for what would otherwise be the remainder
of the Term and the amount of Base Salary (in effect on the Disability Effective
Date)  Executive  would have  received for the  remainder of the Term that is in
effect as of the  Disability  Effective  Date.  The rights of the Executive with
respect to stock options and  restricted  stock,  and all other  benefit  plans,
shall be  determined  in  accordance  with the specific  terms,  conditions  and
provisions of the applicable agreements and plans;  provided,  however, that the
Restricted   Shares  granted  under  Section  4.3.1  of  this  Agreement   shall
immediately vest and become distributable upon the Disability Effective Date.

     For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Disability"  shall mean: (i) a long-term
disability entitling Executive to receive benefits under the Company's long-term
disability plan as then in effect;  or (ii) if no such plan is then in effect or
the plan does not apply to Executive,  the inability of Executive, as determined
by the Board of the Company,  to perform the essential  functions of his regular

                                       8
<PAGE>

duties and responsibilities,  with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a
medically  determinable  physical  or mental  illness  which has  lasted (or can
reasonably be expected to last) for a period of six consecutive  months.  At the
request of Executive or his personal  representative,  the Board's determination
that  the  Disability  of  Executive  has  occurred  shall be  certified  by two
physicians  mutually agreed upon by Executive,  or his personal  representative,
and the Company.  Without  such  independent  certification  (if so requested by
Executive), Executive's termination shall be deemed a termination by the Company
without Cause and not a termination by reason of his Disability.

8. EXECUTIVE'S TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
   --------------------------------------

     Executive's  employment may be terminated at any time by Executive for Good
Reason or no reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

     (a)  Other than his  removal for Cause  pursuant to Section 5,  without the
          written  consent of  Executive,  the  assignment  to  Executive of any
          duties inconsistent in any material respect with Executive's  position
          (including  status,  offices,  titles  and  reporting   requirements),
          authority,  duties or  responsibilities  as in effect on the Effective
          Date,  or  any  other  action  by  the  Company  which  results  in  a
          demonstrable  diminution  in  such  position,   authority,  duties  or
          responsibilities  (including  without  limitation  a shift of material
          responsibility  from  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  position  to the
          Chairman  position if  Executive  does not serve in both  capacities),
          provided,  however, it is expressly understood and agreed that so long
          as  Executive  is  serving  as  the  Chief  Executive   Officer,   the
          designation of another person as either Chairman or President (but not
          both) shall not be "Good  Reason" and also  excluding for this purpose
          an isolated,  insubstantial  and  inadvertent  action not taken in bad
          faith and which is remedied by the Company  promptly  after receipt of
          notice thereof given by Executive;

     (b)  A reduction by the Company in Executive's  Base Salary as in effect on
          the Effective Date or as the same may be increased from time to time;

     (c)  A  reduction  by  the  Company  in  Executive's  annual  target  bonus
          (expressed as a percentage of Base Salary)  unless such reduction is a
          part of an  across-the-board  decrease in target bonuses affecting all
          other  Peer  Executives;  provided,  however  that in any  event,  the
          Company may not reduce Executive's annual target bonus (expressed as a
          percentage of Base Salary)  below one hundred fifty percent  (150%) of
          the Base Salary;

     (d)  The failure by the Company to continue in effect any "pension  plan or
          arrangement"  or any  "compensation  plan  or  arrangement"  in  which
          Executive participates or the elimination of Executive's participation
          in  any  such  plan  (except  for  across-the-board  plan  changes  or
          terminations similarly affecting other Peer Executives);

                                       9
<PAGE>

     (e)  The Company's requiring Executive, without his consent, to be based at
          any office or location  more than fifty (50) miles from the  Company's
          current headquarters in Lebanon, Tennessee;

     (f)  The material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement;
          or

     (g)  The failure of any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
          merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
          business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to
          perform this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that
          the Company would be required to perform it if no such  succession had
          taken place.

     Good Reason shall not include Executive's death or Disability.  Executive's
continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with
respect to, any circumstance  constituting Good Reason hereunder,  provided that
Executive  raises to the attention of the Board any  circumstance he believes in
good faith  constitutes  Good Reason within ninety (90) days after occurrence or
be foreclosed from raising such circumstance thereafter.  The Company shall have
an  opportunity  to cure any  claimed  event of Good  Reason  (other  than under
subparagraph (g) above) within 30 days of notice from Executive.

     If Executive  terminates his employment for Good Reason, upon the execution
and  effectiveness of the Release attached hereto as an addendum and made a part
hereof (the  "Release"),  he shall be entitled to the same  benefits he would be
entitled to under Paragraph 9 as if terminated  without Cause or Paragraph 10 as
if  terminated  after a Change in  Control,  but not  both,  as  applicable.  If
Executive  terminates his employment  without Good Reason,  this Agreement shall
terminate  without further  obligations to Executive,  other than for payment of
Accrued  Obligations (as defined in Paragraph 9(a)(1)) and the timely payment or
provision of Other Benefits (as defined in Paragraph 9(d)).

9.  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.
    --------------------------

     If Executive's  employment is terminated by the Company without Cause prior
to the  expiration  of the  Term  (it  being  understood  by  the  parties  that
termination  by death,  Disability  or expiration  of this  Agreement  shall not
constitute  termination  without Cause), then Executive shall be entitled to the
following  benefits  upon  the  execution  and  effectiveness  of  the  Release;
provided,  however,  that Executive shall not be entitled to payments under this
Paragraph 9 if he is entitled to payments under Paragraph 10:

         (a)   The Company shall pay to Executive  commencing after the later of
               the date of termination or the execution and effectiveness of the
               Release, the aggregate of the following amounts:

                  (1)      in a lump sum in cash within 30 days,  the sum of (i)
                           Executive's   Base   Salary   through   the  date  of
                           termination to the extent not theretofore  paid, (ii)
                           a pro-rata  portion of amounts payable under any then
                           existing   incentive  or  bonus  plan  applicable  to

                                       10
<PAGE>

                           Executive   (including,   without   limitation,   any
                           incentive  bonus payable under  Paragraph  4.2.1) for
                           that portion of the Contract Year through the date of
                           termination;  (iii) any accrued expenses and vacation
                           pay to the  extent  not  theretofore  paid,  and (iv)
                           unless  Executive has elected a different payout date
                           in  a  prior  deferral  election,   any  compensation
                           previously  deferred by Executive  (together with any
                           accrued  interest or earnings  thereon) to the extent
                           not   theretofore   paid  (the  sum  of  the  amounts
                           described in subparagraphs  (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
                           shall  be  referred  to  in  this  Agreement  as  the
                           "Accrued Obligations");

                  (2)      in installments  ratably over twenty-four (24) months
                           in accordance with the Company's normal payroll cycle
                           and  procedures,  the amount equal to three (3) times
                           Executive's  annual  Base  Salary in effect as of the
                           date of termination; and

                  (3)      With respect to Paragraph  9(a)(2),  the Company may,
                           at any time and in its sole  discretion,  make a lump
                           sum payment of all amounts, or all remaining amounts,
                           due to Executive; and

         (b)   The  Restricted  Shares  granted  under  Section  4.3.1  of  this
               Agreement shall vest and become  distributable in accordance with
               that  section.  In  addition,  all  stock  options  held  by  the
               Executive  that are  vested  prior to the  effective  date of the
               termination  shall be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
               With respect to any stock options held by the Executive  that, by
               their terms do not immediately vest and become exercisable upon a
               termination  of employment  without  Cause,  the Executive  shall
               receive,  within 30 days after the  termination,  a lump sum cash
               distribution  equal to: (a) the number of Shares  that is subject
               to options held by the Executive which are not vested on the date
               of  termination  of  employment  but which would  otherwise  vest
               during  the  Term  as in  effect  on  the  date  of  termination;
               multiplied by (b) the difference  between:  (i) the closing price
               of a  Share  as of  the  day  prior  to  the  effective  date  of
               termination  of employment  (or, if the United States  securities
               trading  markets are closed on that date,  on the last  preceding
               date on which the United States  securities  trading markets were
               open for trading),  and (ii) the applicable  exercise price(s) of
               the non-vested options; and

         (c)   The Executive's participation in the life, medical and disability
               insurance  programs  in  effect  on the  date of  termination  of
               employment shall continue until the later of (i) twenty-four (24)
               months  after  Executive's  date  of  termination,  or  (ii)  the
               expiration of the Term (as in effect at the time of termination);
               provided,   however,  that  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
               Company  shall not be  obligated  to  provide  such  benefits  if
               Executive  becomes employed by another employer and is covered or
               permitted to be covered by that employer's  benefit plans without
               regard to the extent of such coverage; and

         (d)   To the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall
               timely pay or provide to Executive any other  accrued  amounts or

                                       11
<PAGE>

               accrued  benefits  required  to be  paid  or  provided  or  which
               Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program,  policy
               or practice or contract or agreement  of the Company  (such other
               amounts and  benefits  shall be referred to in this  Agreement as
               the "Other Benefits").

10.  CHANGE IN CONTROL.
     ------------------

         (a)   Except as otherwise  provided herein,  if, at any time during the
               Term in  effect  after a Change in  Control  (as it may have been
               extended  by  Sections   2.2.2  and  2.2.3)  (i)   Executive   is
               involuntarily  terminated  by the Company for reasons  other than
               Cause  or  (ii)  Executive   shall   voluntarily   terminate  his
               employment  with  the  Company  for Good  Reason  as  defined  in
               Paragraph 8, Executive  shall be entitled to receive the benefits
               described in this Paragraph 10.

         (b)   Subject to the execution and effectiveness of the Release, upon a
               termination  described  in  Section  10(a),  Executive  shall  be
               entitled to receive the following benefits:

                  (1)      The Company shall pay to Executive,  in a lump sum in
                           cash  within  30 days  after the later of the date of
                           termination or the execution and effectiveness of the
                           Release, the aggregate of the following amounts:

                           (i)      the  Accrued   Obligations  (as  defined  in
                                    Paragraph 9(a)(1)); and

                           (ii)     the amount  equal to three (3) times the sum
                                    of  (x)  Executive's   average  annual  Base
                                    Salary for the three  fiscal  years prior to
                                    the   termination,   and   (y)   Executive's
                                    Applicable  Annual Bonus (as defined below).
                                    For purposes of this Agreement,  "Applicable
                                    Annual   Bonus"   means   the   greater   of
                                    Executive's  actual annual  incentive  bonus
                                    from the  Company  earned in the fiscal year
                                    immediately  preceding  the  fiscal  year in
                                    which Executive's  termination date falls or
                                    Executive's  target annual  incentive  bonus
                                    (e.g.,  80% of Base  Salary) for the year in
                                    which  Executive's  termination  date falls;
                                    and

                  (2)      The Restricted  Shares granted under Section 4.3.1 of
                           this Agreement shall vest and become distributable in
                           accordance with that section. In addition,  all stock
                           options  held  by  the  Executive   that  are  vested
                           (including,   without  limitation,  those  vested  by
                           reason of any  Change in Control  occurring  prior to
                           the Executive's  termination)  prior to the effective
                           date  of the  termination  shall  be  exercisable  in
                           accordance  with  their  terms.  With  respect to any
                           stock  options held by the  Executive  that, by their
                           terms do not immediately vest and become  exercisable
                           upon a termination of employment without Cause or for
                           Good Reason,  the Executive shall receive,  within 30
                           days   after  the   termination,   a  lump  sum  cash

                                       12
<PAGE>

                           distribution  equal to: (a) the number of Shares that
                           is subject to options held by the Executive which are
                           not vested on the date of  termination  of employment
                           but which would  otherwise vest during the Term as in
                           effect on the date of termination;  multiplied by (b)
                           the  difference  between:  (i) the closing price of a
                           Share as of the day  prior to the  effective  date of
                           termination  of employment  (or, if the United States
                           securities  trading  markets are closed on that date,
                           on the last preceding date on which the United States
                           securities  trading  markets were open for  trading),
                           and  (ii) the  applicable  exercise  price(s)  of the
                           non-vested options; and

                  (3)      The Executive's  participation  in the life,  medical
                           and  disability  insurance  programs in effect on the
                           date of  termination  of  employment  shall  continue
                           until the later of (i)  thirty-six  (36) months after
                           Executive's   date  of   termination,   or  (ii)  the
                           expiration  of the Term (as in  effect at the time of
                           termination); provided, however, that notwithstanding
                           the foregoing,  the Company shall not be obligated to
                           provide such benefits if Executive  becomes  employed
                           by another employer and is covered or permitted to be
                           covered  by that  employer's  benefit  plans  without
                           regard to the extent of such coverage; and

                  (4)      To the extent not theretofore  paid or provided,  the
                           Company  shall timely pay or provide to Executive any
                           Other Benefits (as defined in Paragraph 9(d)).

11. EXCISE TAX GROSS-UP.
    --------------------

     11.1 Anything in this Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding and except
as set forth below,  in the event it shall be determined as provided  below that
any payment or  distribution  by the Company to or for the benefit of  Executive
(whether paid or payable or distributed or  distributable  pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement or otherwise,  but determined without regard to any additional
payments required under this Paragraph 11) (a "Payment") would be subject to the
excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties  are
incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together
with any such interest and penalties,  are hereinafter  collectively referred to
as the "Excise Tax"),  then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional
payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by Executive
of all taxes  (including any interest or penalties  imposed with respect to such
taxes),  including,  without limitation,  any income taxes (and any interest and
penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up
Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise
Tax imposed upon the Payments.

     11.2 All  determinations  required  to be made  under  this  Paragraph  11,
including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such
Gross-Up   Payment  and  the   assumptions  to  be  used  in  arriving  at  such
determination,  shall be made by the tax  department  of an  independent  public
accounting  firm (the  "Accounting  Firm") which shall be engaged by the Company
prior to the  time of the  first  Payment  to  Executive.  The  Accounting  Firm
selected  shall not be serving as  accountant  or  auditor  for any  individual,

                                       13
<PAGE>

entity or group effecting a Change in Control. The Accounting Firm shall prepare
and provide detailed  supporting  calculations both to the Company and Executive
within 15 business days of the later of (i) the Accounting  Firm's engagement to
make the required  calculations or (ii) the date the Accounting Firm obtains all
information  needed to make the required  calculation.  Any determination by the
Accounting  Firm shall be binding upon the Company and  Executive.  All fees and
expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.

     11.3 Any Gross-Up  Payment,  as determined  pursuant to this  Paragraph 11,
shall be paid by the Company to Executive within five (5) days of the receipt of
the Accounting  Firm's  determination if the Payment is then required to satisfy
an  assessment  or other  current  demand for payment  made of the  Executive by
federal or state taxing authorities. Gross-Up Payments due at a later date shall
be paid to the  Executive no later than fourteen days prior to the date that the
Executive's  federal or state  payment is due. If  required by law,  the Company
shall  treat all or any  portion of the  Gross-Up  Payment  as being  subject to
income tax withholding for federal or state tax purposes.  Amounts determined by
the Company to be subject to federal or state tax  withholding  will not be paid
directly  to  Executive  but  shall  be  timely  paid to the  respective  taxing
authority.

     11.4 As a result of the  uncertainty in the  application of Section 4999 of
the  Code at the  time  of the  initial  determination  by the  Accounting  Firm
hereunder,  it is possible that Gross-Up  Payments which will not have been made
by the  Company  should  have been made  ("Underpayment"),  consistent  with the
calculations  required  to be  made  hereunder.  In  the  event  that  Executive
hereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the  Accounting  Firm
shall  determine the amount of the  Underpayment  that has occurred and any such
Underpayment  shall be  promptly  paid by the  Company to or for the  benefit of
Executive.  Conversely,  if it is  later  determined  that the  actual  required
Gross-Up  Payment was less than the amount paid to the Executive,  the Executive
shall  refund the excess  portion to the Company but only to the extent that the
Executive  has not yet paid the excess  amount to the taxing  authorities  or is
able to  obtain a refund  from the  respective  taxing  authorities  of  amounts
previously  paid. The Company may pursue at its own expense the refund on behalf
of the Executive.

12. COSTS OF ENFORCEMENT.
    ---------------------

     If either party brings suit to compel  performance of, to interpret,  or to
recover damages for the breach of this Agreement,  the finally  prevailing party
shall be  entitled  to  reasonable  attorneys'  fees in  addition  to costs  and
necessary disbursements otherwise recoverable.

13.  PUBLICITY; NO DISPARAGING STATEMENT.
     ------------------------------------

     Executive and the Company  covenant and agree that they shall not engage in
any  communications  which shall  disparage one another or interfere  with their
existing or prospective business relationships.



                                       14
<PAGE>

14. BUSINESS PROTECTION PROVISIONS.
    -------------------------------

     14.1 Preamble.  As a material  inducement to the Company to enter into this
Agreement,  and  its  recognition  of the  valuable  experience,  knowledge  and
proprietary  information  Executive gained from his employment with the Company,
Executive  warrants  and  agrees he will  abide by and  adhere to the  following
business protection provisions in this Article 14 and all sections thereof.

     14.2 Definitions. For purposes of this Article 14 and all sections thereof,
the following terms shall have the following meanings:

     (a) "Competitive Position" shall mean any employment, consulting, advisory,
directorship,  agency, promotional or independent contractor arrangement between
the Executive and any person or Entity engaged wholly or in material part in the
restaurant  or retail  business that is the same or similar to that in which the
Company or any of its affiliates  (collectively  the "CBRL Entities") is engaged
whereby  Executive is required to or does  perform  services on behalf of or for
the  benefit of such  person or Entity  which are  substantially  similar to the
services in which  Executive  participated  or that he directed or oversaw while
employed by the Company.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the
following  companies and concepts  would be included  within those that would be
deemed the same or similar to CBRL Entities and/ or the  businesses in which the
CBRL  Entities are engaged:  Advantica  Restaurants,  Applebee's  International,
Avado Brands, Inc., Bob Evans Farms, Brinker International,  Cheesecake Factory,
Inc.,  Darden  Restaurants,   Inc.,  Eateries,  Inc.,  Il  Fornaio  Corporation,
O'Charley's, Outback Steakhouse, RARE Hospitality and Roadhouse Grill.

     (b) "Confidential  Information"  shall mean the proprietary or confidential
data, information,  documents or materials (whether oral, written, electronic or
otherwise)  belonging to or pertaining to the CBRL  Entities,  other than "Trade
Secrets" (as defined below),  which is of tangible or intangible value to any of
the CBRL  Entities  and the  details  of which  are not  generally  known to the
competitors of the CBRL Entities.  Confidential  Information shall also include:
any items  that any of the CBRL  Entities  have  marked  "CONFIDENTIAL"  or some
similar designation or are otherwise identified as being confidential.

     (c)  "Entity"  or   "Entities"   shall  mean  any   business,   individual,
partnership,  joint venture,  agency,  governmental agency, body or subdivision,
association, firm, corporation, limited liability company or other entity of any
kind.

     (d) "Restricted  Period" shall mean two (2) years following  termination of
Executive's employment hereunder;  provided,  however that the Restricted Period
shall be extended for a period of time equal to any period(s) of time within the
two (2) year period following  termination of Executive's  employment  hereunder
that Executive is determined by a final non-appealable  judgment from a court of
competent jurisdiction to have engaged in any conduct that violates this Article
14 or any sections  thereof,  the purpose of this provision  being to secure for
the benefit of the Company the entire  Restricted  Period being bargained for by
the Company for the restrictions upon the Executive's activities.

                                       15

<PAGE>

     (e) "Territory" shall mean each of the United States of America.

     (f) "Trade  Secrets" shall mean  information or data of or about any of the
CBRL Entities,  including,  but not limited to, technical or non-technical data,
recipes,  formulas,   patterns,   compilations,   programs,   devices,  methods,
techniques,  drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans
or lists of actual or potential  suppliers  that:  (1) derives  economic  value,
actual or potential,  from not being  generally  known to, and not being readily
ascertainable  by proper means by, other persons who can obtain  economic  value
from its  disclosure  or use; (2) is the subject of efforts that are  reasonable
under the  circumstances to maintain its secrecy;  and (3) any other information
which is defined as a "trade secret" under applicable law.

     (g) "Work  Product" shall mean all tangible work product,  property,  data,
documentation,   "know-how,"  concepts  or  plans,   inventions,   improvements,
techniques  and processes  relating to the CBRL  Entities  that were  conceived,
discovered,  created, written, revised or developed by Executive during the term
of his employment with the Company.

     14.3 Nondisclosure; Ownership of Proprietary Property.

     (a) In  recognition  of the  need of the CBRL  Entities  to  protect  their
legitimate  business  interests,  Confidential  Information  and Trade  Secrets,
Executive  hereby  covenants  and agrees that  Executive  shall regard and treat
Trade Secrets and all  Confidential  Information  as strictly  confidential  and
wholly-owned by the CBRL Entities and shall not, for any reason, in any fashion,
either directly or indirectly,  use, sell,  lend,  lease,  distribute,  license,
give,  transfer,   assign,  show,  disclose,   disseminate,   reproduce,   copy,
misappropriate  or otherwise  communicate  any such item or  information  to any
third  party or  Entity  for any  purpose  other  than in  accordance  with this
Agreement or as required by applicable  law, court order or other legal process:
(i) with  regard to each item  constituting  a Trade  Secret,  at all times such
information  remains a "trade secret" under applicable law, and (ii) with regard
to any Confidential Information, for the Restricted Period.

     (b)  Executive   shall  exercise  best  efforts  to  ensure  the  continued
confidentiality of all Trade Secrets and Confidential Information,  and he shall
immediately  notify the  Company of any  unauthorized  disclosure  or use of any
Trade Secrets or  Confidential  Information  of which  Executive  becomes aware.
Executive  shall  assist  the CBRL  Entities,  to the extent  necessary,  in the
protection of or procurement of any  intellectual  property  protection or other
rights in any of the Trade Secrets or Confidential Information.

     (c) All Work Product shall be owned  exclusively by the CBRL  Entities.  To
the greatest extent possible,  any Work Product shall be deemed to be "work made
for hire" (as defined in the  Copyright  Act, 17  U.S.C.A.  ss. 101 et seq.,  as
amended),  and Executive hereby  unconditionally  and irrevocably  transfers and
assigns  to  applicable  CBRL  Entity all right,  title and  interest  Executive
currently  has or may have by  operation  of law or  otherwise in or to any Work
Product, including, without limitation, all patents, copyrights, trademarks (and
the  goodwill  associated  therewith),  trade  secrets,  service  marks (and the
goodwill associated therewith) and other intellectual property rights. Executive
agrees to execute  and  deliver to the  applicable  CBRL  Entity any  transfers,

                                       16


<PAGE>

assignments, documents or other instruments which the Company may deem necessary
or  appropriate,  from time to time, to protect the rights  granted herein or to
vest  complete  title  and  ownership  of any  and  all  Work  Product,  and all
associated  intellectual  property and other rights therein,  exclusively in the
applicable CBRL Entity.

     14.4 Non-Interference With Executives.

     Executive  recognizes and acknowledges  that, as a result of his employment
by Company,  he will become familiar with and acquire  knowledge of confidential
information  and certain other  information  regarding the other  executives and
employees of the CBRL Entities.  Therefore,  Executive  agrees that,  during the
Restricted Period,  Executive shall not encourage,  solicit or otherwise attempt
to persuade  any person in the  employment  of the CBRL  Entities to end his/her
employment with a CBRL Entity or to violate any confidentiality, non-competition
or  employment  agreement  that such  person may have with a CBRL  Entity or any
policy of any CBRL Entity. Furthermore,  neither Executive nor any person acting
in concert with the Executive nor any of Executive's  affiliates  shall,  during
the Restricted Period, employ any person who has been an executive or management
employee of any CBRL  Entity  unless that person has ceased to be an employee of
the CBRL Entities for at least six (6) months.

     14.5 Non-competition

     Executive  covenants  and  agrees to not  obtain  or work in a  Competitive
Position within the Territory  during the Term or during the Restricted  Period;
provided,  however,  that the  restrictions set forth in this Section 14.5 shall
not be  applicable  following  the  expiration  of the Term as a  result  of the
Company's  notice to Executive,  pursuant to Section  2.2.2,  that it intends to
allow the Agreement to expire and not be renewed at the next  Anniversary  Date.
Executive and Company  recognize and acknowledge  that the scope,  area and time
limitations contained in this Agreement are reasonable and are properly required
for the  protection  of the  business  interests  of Company due to  Executive's
status and  reputation  in the  industry  and the  knowledge  to be  acquired by
Executive through his association with Company's business and the public's close
identification  of Executive with Company and Company with  Executive.  Further,
Executive  acknowledges  that his  skills  are such  that he could  easily  find
alternative,  commensurate employment or consulting work in his field that would
not violate any of the provisions of this Agreement.  Executive acknowledges and
understands  that, as consideration  for his execution of this Agreement and his
agreement with the terms of this covenant not to compete, Executive will receive
employment  with and other  benefits  from the Company in  accordance  with this
Agreement.

     14.6 Remedies.

     Executive  understands and acknowledges  that his violation of this Article
14 or any section  thereof would cause  irreparable  harm to Company and Company
would be  entitled  to an  injunction  by any  court of  competent  jurisdiction
enjoining and restraining  Executive from any employment,  service, or other act
prohibited by this  Agreement  The parties agree that nothing in this  Agreement
shall be construed as prohibiting  Company from pursuing any remedies  available
to it for any breach or  threatened  breach of this  Article  14 or any  section
thereof,  including,  without limitation, the recovery of damages from Executive
or any person or entity acting in concert with Executive.  Company shall receive
injunctive relief without the necessity of posting bond or other security,  such
bond or other  security  being hereby waived by  Executive.  If any part of this
Article 14 or any section  thereof is found to be  unreasonable,  then it may be
amended by appropriate order of a court of competent  jurisdiction to the extent
deemed  reasonable.  Furthermore  and  in  recognition  that  certain  severance

                                       17
<PAGE>

payments are being agreed to in reliance upon  Executive's  compliance with this
Article 14 after termination of his employment,  in the event Executive breaches
any  of  such  business  protection  provisions  or  other  provisions  of  this
Agreement,  any unpaid  amounts  (e.g.,  those  provided  under  Paragraphs 8 or
9(a)(2))  shall be  forfeited  and Company  shall not be  obligated  to make any
further payments or provide any further benefits to Executive following any such
breach.  Additionally,  if Executive  breaches any of such  business  protection
provisions or other provisions of this Agreement or such provisions are declared
unenforceable  by a court of competent  jurisdiction,  any lump sum payment made
pursuant  to  Section  10(a)(1)(ii)  shall be  refunded  by the  Executive  on a
pro-rata  basis  based upon the number of months  during the  Restricted  Period
during  which he violated the  provisions  of this section or, in the event such
provisions  are  declared  unenforceable,   the  number  of  months  during  the
Restricted  Period that the Company did not receive their benefit as a result of
the actions of the Executive.

15.  RETURN OF MATERIALS.
     --------------------

     Upon  Executive's  termination,  or at any point  after  that time upon the
specific  request of the  Company,  Executive  shall  return to the  Company all
written or  descriptive  materials  of any kind  belonging  or  relating  to the
Company or its affiliates,  including, without limitation, any originals, copies
and abstracts containing any Work Product,  intellectual property,  Confidential
Information and Trade Secrets in Executive's possession or control.

16.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.
     -------------------

     16.1 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing
signed by both of the parties hereto.

     16.2 Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon Executive, his heirs and personal representatives,  and the Company
and its successors and assigns.

     16.3 Waiver Of Breach; Specific Performance.  The waiver of a breach of any
provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
other breach.  Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce
its or his rights  under this  Agreement,  specifically,  to recover  damages by
reason of any breach of any  provision  of this  Agreement  and to exercise  all
other  rights  existing  in its or his  favor.  The  parties  hereto  agree  and
acknowledge  that money damages may not be an adequate  remedy for any breach of
the  provisions  of this  Agreement  and that any  party  may in its or his sole
discretion  apply to any court of law or equity of  competent  jurisdiction  for
specific  performance  or  injunctive  relief in order to enforce or prevent any
violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

     16.4  Indemnification  and Insurance.  The Company shall indemnify and hold
the Executive harmless to the maximum extent permitted by law against judgments,
fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses,  including reasonable
attorneys' fees incurred by the Executive, in connection with the defense of, or
as a result of any  action  or  proceeding  (or any  appeal  from any  action or

                                       18

<PAGE>

proceeding)  in which the  Executive is made or is threatened to be made a party
by  reason  of the  fact  that he is or was an  officer  of the  Company  or any
affiliate.  In  addition,  the Company  agrees that the  Executive  is and shall
continue  to be covered and  insured up to the  maximum  limits  provided by all
insurance  which the Company  maintains to indemnify  its directors and officers
(and to indemnify the Company for any obligations which it incurs as a result of
its  undertaking  to indemnify its officers and  directors) and that the Company
will exert its best  efforts to maintain  such  insurance,  in not less than its
present limits, in effect throughout the term of the Executive's employment.

     16.5 No Effect On Other Arrangements. It is expressly understood and agreed
that the payments made in accordance  with this Agreement are in addition to any
other benefits or  compensation  to which Executive may be entitled or for which
he may be eligible, whether funded or unfunded, by reason of his employment with
the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions in Sections 5 through
10 regarding  benefits that the Executive will receive upon his employment being
terminated supersede and are expressly in lieu of any other severance program or
policy that may be offered by the Company,  except with regard to any rights the
Executive may have pursuant to COBRA.

     16.6 Tax Withholding.  There shall be deducted from each payment under this
Agreement  the amount of any tax  required by any  governmental  authority to be
withheld  and paid over by the Company to such  governmental  authority  for the
account of Executive.

     16.7 Notices.

     All notices and all other  communications  provided  for herein shall be in
writing and delivered  personally to the other  designated  party,  or mailed by
certified  or  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or delivered by a
recognized national overnight courier service, or sent by facsimile, as follows:

          If to Company to:      CBRL Group, Inc.
                                 Attn:  General Counsel's Office
                                 P.O. Box 787
                                 305 Hartmann Drive
                                 Lebanon, TN  37088-0787
                                 Facsimile:  (615) 443-9818

          If to Executive to:    Michael A. Woodhouse
                                 417 Bethlehem Road
                                 Lebanon, TN 37087

All notices sent under this  Agreement  shall be deemed given  twenty-four  (24)
hours after sent by facsimile or courier,  seventy-two  (72) hours after sent by
certified or registered  mail and when  delivered if personal  delivery.  Either
party hereto may change the address to which  notice is to be sent  hereunder by
written  notice to the other party in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this
Paragraph.

                                       19

<PAGE>

     16.8 Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of Tennessee  (without  giving  effect to
conflict of laws).

     16.9  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  contains  the full and  complete
understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained
herein and this Agreement  supersedes and replaces any prior  agreement,  either
oral or written, which Executive may have with Company that relates generally to
the  same  subject  matter  including,  as of  the  Effective  Date,  the  Prior
Agreements.

     16.10  Assignment.  This Agreement may not be assigned by Executive without
the prior  written  consent of  Company,  and any  attempted  assignment  not in
accordance herewith shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

     16.11 Severability. If any one or more of the terms, provisions,  covenants
or  restrictions  of this Agreement  shall be determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction  to be invalid,  void or  unenforceable,  then the remainder of the
terms, provisions,  covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect,  and to that end the  provisions  hereof  shall be deemed
severable.

     16.12 Paragraph  Headings.  The Paragraph headings set forth herein are for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Agreement whatsoever.

     16.13 Interpretation. Should a provision of this Agreement require judicial
interpretation,  it is agreed that the judicial body  interpreting or construing
the Agreement shall not apply the assumption that the terms hereof shall be more
strictly  construed against one party by reason of the rule of construction that
an instrument is to be construed more strictly against the party which itself or
through its agents  prepared  the  agreement,  it being  agreed that all parties
and/or their agents have participated in the preparation hereof.

     16.14  Mediation.  Except as provided  in  subsection  (c) of this  Section
16.14,  the following  provisions  shall apply to disputes  between  Company and
Executive:  (i) arising out of or related to this Agreement (including any claim
that any  part of this  agreement  is  invalid,  illegal  or  otherwise  void or
voidable),  or (ii) the employment  relationship that exists between Company and
Executive:

          (a) The  parties  shall  first use their best  efforts to discuss  and
     negotiate a resolution of the dispute.

          (b) If efforts to  negotiate  a  resolution  do not  succeed  within 5
     business  days after a written  request for  negotiation  has been made,  a
     party may  submit to the  dispute to  mediation  by sending a letter to the
     other  party  requesting  mediation.  The  dispute  shall be  mediated by a
     mediator  agreeable to the parties or, if the parties  cannot  agree,  by a
     mediator selected by the American Arbitration  Association.  If the parties
     cannot agree to a mediator within 5 business days,  either party may submit

                                       20

<PAGE>

     the dispute to the American Arbitration  Association for the appointment of
     a mediator.  Mediation  shall  commence  within 10 business  days after the
     mediator has been named.

          (c) The  provisions  of this  Section  16.14  shall  not  apply to any
     dispute  relating to the ability of the  Company to  terminate  Executive's
     employment  pursuant to Section 5 or Section 9 of this  Agreement nor shall
     they apply to any  action by the  Company  seeking  to  enforce  its rights
     arising  out  of or  related  to  the  provisions  of  Article  14 of  this
     Agreement.

     16.15 Voluntary  Agreement.  Executive and Company represent and agree that
each has reviewed all aspects of this  Agreement,  has carefully  read and fully
understands all provisions of this Agreement,  and is voluntarily  entering into
this  Agreement.  Each party  represents  and agrees that such party has had the
opportunity to review any and all aspects of this  Agreement with legal,  tax or
other adviser(s) of such party's choice before executing this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed,  or caused their duly
authorized representative to execute, this Agreement as of this 1st day of July,
2005.

                                     CBRL GROUP, INC.

                                     By: /s/ Robert V. Dale
                                         ------------------------
                                         Robert V. Dale, Chairman
                                         Compensation and Stock Option Committee


                                     "EXECUTIVE"

                                     /s/ Michael A. Woodhouse
                                     -----------------------
                                     Michael A. Woodhouse



                                       21
<PAGE>



                                                          Addendum to Employment
                                             Agreement with Michael A. Woodhouse


                                     RELEASE

     THIS RELEASE ("Release") is made and entered into by and between Michael A.
Woodhouse  ("Employee")  and CBRL  GROUP,  INC.  and its  successor  or  assigns
("Company").

     WHEREAS,  Employee and Company have agreed that Employee's  employment with
CBRL Group, Inc. shall terminate on -------------------;

     WHEREAS, Employee and the Company have previously entered into that certain
Employment Agreement, dated _____________,  2005 ("Agreement"), and this Release
is incorporated therein by reference;

     WHEREAS,  Employee and Company desire to delineate their respective rights,
duties and  obligations  attendant  to such  termination  and desire to reach an
accord and  satisfaction of all claims arising from Employee's  employment,  and
his termination of employment, with appropriate releases, in accordance with the
Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  the Company desires to compensate Employee in accordance with the
Agreement for service he has or will provide for the Company;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the agreements of the
parties set forth in this Release, and other good and valuable consideration the
receipt and  sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto,
intending to be legally bound, hereby covenant and agree as follows:

     1. Claims  Released  Under This  Agreement  In exchange for  receiving  the
severance  benefits  described in  Paragraphs  8, 9 or 10 of the  Agreement  and
except as  provided  in  Paragraph  2 below,  Employee  hereby  voluntarily  and
irrevocably  waives,  releases,  dismisses  with  prejudice,  and  withdraws all
claims,  complaints,  suits or demands of any kind whatsoever  (whether known or
unknown) which Employee ever had, may have, or now has against Company and other
current or former  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  of the  Company and their past,
present  and  future  officers,  directors,   employees,  agents,  insurers  and
attorneys  (collectively,  the  "Releasees"),  arising  out  of or  relating  to
(directly  or  indirectly)  Employee's  employment  or  the  termination  of his
employment with the Company, including but not limited to:

     (a) claims for violations of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the
Age  Discrimination  in Employment  Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Civil
Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With  Disabilities Act, the Equal Pay Act, the
Family and Medical Leave Act, 42 U.S.C.  ss. 1981, the National Labor  Relations
Act, the Labor Management Relations Act, Executive Order 11246,  Executive Order
11141,  the  Rehabilitation  Act of  1973,  or the  Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act;

                                       1

<PAGE>

     (b)  claims  for  violations  of any  other  federal  or state  statute  or
regulation or local ordinance;

     (c) claims for lost or unpaid wages, compensation, or benefits, defamation,
intentional or negligent  infliction of emotional  distress,  assault,  battery,
wrongful or constructive discharge,  negligent hiring, retention or supervision,
misrepresentation,  conversion,  tortious  interference,  breach of contract, or
breach of fiduciary duty;

     (d) claims to benefits  under any bonus,  severance,  workforce  reduction,
early retirement,  outplacement, or any other similar type plan sponsored by the
Company; or

     (e) any other claims under state law arising in tort or contract.

     2.  Claims Not  Released  Under This  Agreement  In signing  this  Release,
Employee  is not  releasing  any  claims  that may arise  under the terms of the
Agreement, that enforce his rights under the Agreement, that arise out of events
occurring  after the date Employee  executes this Release,  that arise under any
written  non-employment  related contractual  obligations between the Company or
its  affiliates  and Employee which have not terminated as of the execution date
of this Release by their express terms, that arise under a policy or policies of
insurance (including director and officer liability insurance) maintained by the
Company  or its  affiliates  on  behalf  of  Employee,  or  that  relate  to any
indemnification  obligations to Employee under the Company's bylaws, certificate
of incorporation,  Tennessee law or otherwise. However, Employee understands and
acknowledges that nothing herein is intended to or shall be construed to require
the Company to  institute or continue in effect any  particular  plan or benefit
sponsored by the Company and the Company  hereby  reserves the right to amend or
terminate  any of its  benefit  programs  at any  time in  accordance  with  the
procedures  set forth in such plans.  Nothing in this  Agreement  shall prohibit
Employee  from engaging in protected  activities  under  applicable  law or from
communicating,  either  voluntarily or otherwise,  with any governmental  agency
concerning any potential violation of the law.

     3. No Assignment of Claim.  Employee represents that he has not assigned or
transferred,  or  purported  to assign or  transfer,  any claims or any  portion
thereof or interest therein to any party prior to the date of this Release.

     4.  Compensation.  In accordance with the Agreement,  the Company agrees to
pay Employee, or if he becomes eligible for payments under Paragraphs 8, 9 or 10
but dies before receipt thereof,  his spouse or his estate,  as the case may be,
the amount provided in Paragraphs 8, 9 or 10 of the Agreement.

     5.  No  Admission  Of  Liability.  This  Release  shall  not in any  way be
construed as an admission by the Company or Employee of any improper  actions or
liability  whatsoever  as to one another,  and each  specifically  disclaims any
liability to or improper  actions against the other or any other person,  on the
part of itself or himself, its or his employees or agents.

     6. Voluntary  Execution.  Employee warrants,  represents and agrees that he
has been  encouraged  in  writing to seek  advice  from  anyone of his  choosing
regarding  this Release,  including  his attorney and  accountant or tax advisor

                                       2

<PAGE>

prior to his signing it; that this Release  represents  written notice to do so;
that he has been given the  opportunity and sufficient time to seek such advice;
and that he fully  understands  the meaning and  contents  of this  Release.  He
further represents and warrants that he was not coerced, threatened or otherwise
forced to sign this Release,  and that his signature  appearing  hereinafter  is
voluntary and genuine.  EMPLOYEE  UNDERSTANDS  THAT HE MAY TAKE UP TO TWENTY-ONE
(21) DAYS TO CONSIDER WHETHER OR NOT HE DESIRES TO ENTER INTO THIS RELEASE.

     7. Ability to Revoke  Agreement.  EMPLOYEE  UNDERSTANDS  THAT HE MAY REVOKE
THIS RELEASE BY NOTIFYING THE COMPANY IN WRITING OF SUCH REVOCATION WITHIN SEVEN
(7) DAYS OF HIS EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE AND THAT THIS RELEASE IS NOT EFFECTIVE
UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH SEVEN (7) DAY PERIOD.  HE UNDERSTANDS THAT UPON THE
EXPIRATION  OF SUCH SEVEN (7) DAY PERIOD THIS  RELEASE  WILL BE BINDING UPON HIM
AND  HIS  HEIRS,  ADMINISTRATORS,  REPRESENTATIVES,  EXECUTORS,  SUCCESSORS  AND
ASSIGNS AND WILL BE IRREVOCABLE.



Acknowledged and Agreed To:
"COMPANY"
CBRL GROUP, INC.

By:______________________________
Its:______________________________

I UNDERSTAND  THAT BY SIGNING THIS RELEASE,  I AM GIVING UP RIGHTS I MAY HAVE. I
UNDERSTAND THAT I DO NOT HAVE TO SIGN THIS RELEASE.

"EMPLOYEE"


- -------------------------
- -------------------------------------
Date
Michael A. Woodhouse




                                       3
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>8
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex10o.txt
<DESCRIPTION>CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

Exhibit 10(o)



                                  May 12, 2005



Mr. N. B. Forrest Shoaf
6008 Hillsboro Pike
Nashville, TN 37215

Re:  Employee Retention Agreement

Dear Forrest:

     The Board of Directors of the CBRL Group, Inc.  recognizes the contribution
that  you  have  made to CBRL  Group,  Inc.  or one of its  direct  or  indirect
subsidiaries (collectively,  the "Company") and wishes to ensure your continuing
commitment to the Company and its business operations.  Accordingly, in exchange
for your  continuing  commitment  to the Company,  and your  energetic  focus on
continually  improving  operations,  the  Company  promises  you  the  following
benefits  if  your   employment  with  the  Company  is  terminated  in  certain
circumstances:

1.  DEFINITIONS.  As  used in this  Agreement,  the  following  terms  have  the
following meanings, which are equally applicable to both the singular and plural
forms of the terms defined:

     1.1 "Cause" means any one of the following:

          (a) personal dishonesty;
          (b) willful misconduct;
          (c) breach of fiduciary duty; or
          (d) conviction of any felony or crime involving moral turpitude.

     1.2 "Change in Control" means: (a) that after the date of this Agreement, a
person becomes the beneficial  owner,  directly or indirectly,  of securities of
the  Company  representing  20% or  more of the  combined  voting  power  of the
Company's  then  outstanding  voting  securities,  unless that  acquisition  was
approved by a vote of at least 2/3 of the directors in office  immediately prior
to the acquisition;  (b) that during any period of 2 consecutive years following
the date of this  Agreement,  individuals  who at the  beginning  of the  period
constitute members of the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason
to constitute a majority of the Board unless the election, or the nomination for
election by the Company's  shareholders,  of each new director was approved by a

<PAGE>

vote of at least 2/3 of the directors then still in office who were directors at
the  beginning  of  the  2-year   period;   (c)  a  merger,   consolidation   or
reorganization  of  the  Company  (but  this  provision  does  not  apply  to  a
recapitalization  or similar  financial  restructuring  which does not involve a
material  change in ownership of equity of the Company and which does not result
in a change in  membership of the Board of  Directors);  or (d) a sale of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets.

     1.3 "Change in Control Period" means a 2-year year period beginning the day
after a Change in Control occurs.

     1.4  "Change  in Duties or  Compensation"  means any one of: (a) a material
change  in your  duties  and  responsibilities  for the  Company  (without  your
consent) from those duties and responsibilities for the Company in effect at the
time a Change in Control  occurs,  which  change  results in the  assignment  of
duties and responsibilities  inferior to your duties and responsibilities at the
time such Change in Control occurs (it being  understood and acknowledged by you
that a Change in Control that results in two persons of which you are one having
similar or sharing duties and responsibilities shall not be a material change in
your duties and responsibilities);  (b) a reduction in your salary or a material
change in  benefits  (excluding  discretionary  bonuses),  from the  salary  and
benefits  in effect at the time a Change in Control  occurs;  or (c) a change in
the location of your work  assignment from your location at the time a Change in
Control  occurs to any  other  city or  geographical  location  that is  located
further than 50 miles from that location.

2.  TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT;  SEVERANCE.  Your  immediate  supervisor or the
Company's  Board of Directors may  terminate  your  employment,  with or without
cause,  at any time by  giving  you  written  notice of your  termination,  such
termination  of employment to be effective on the date  specified in the notice.
You also may  terminate  your  employment  with the  Company  at any  time.  The
effective date of termination  (the  "Effective  Date") shall be the last day of
your employment with the Company, as specified in a notice by you, or if you are
terminated  by the  Company,  the date that is  specified  by the Company in its
notice to you. The following  subsections  set forth your rights to severance in
the event of the  termination  of your  employment in certain  circumstances  by
either the Company or you.  Section 5 also sets forth  certain  restrictions  on
your activities if your  employment  with the Company is terminated,  whether by
the Company or you. That section shall survive any termination of this Agreement
or your employment with the Company.

     2.1  Termination by the Company for Cause. If you are terminated for Cause,
the Company shall have no further  obligation to you, and your  participation in
all of the Company's  benefit plans and programs shall cease as of the Effective
Date.  In the event of a  termination  for Cause,  you shall not be  entitled to
receive severance benefits described in Section 3.

     2.2  Termination by the Company Without Cause Other Than During a Change in
Control Period. If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company
without Cause at a time other than during a Change in Control Period,  you shall

                                       2

 <PAGE>

be entitled to only those severance benefits provided by the Company's severance
policy or policies then in effect. You shall not be entitled to receive benefits
pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement.

     2.3  Termination  by the Company  Without  Cause During a Change in Control
Period. If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without
Cause  during a Change in  Control  Period,  you shall be  entitled  to  receive
Benefits  pursuant to Section 3. A termination  within 90 days prior to a Change
in Control which occurs solely in order to make you  ineligible for the benefits
of this  Agreement  shall be  considered a  termination  without  Cause during a
Change in Control Period.

     2.4 Termination By You For Change in Duties or Compensation During a Change
in Control Period. If during a Change in Control Period there occurs a Change in
Duties or Compensation you may terminate your employment with the Company at any
time  within  30  days  after  the   occurrence  of  the  Change  in  Duties  or
Compensation,  by giving to the Company not less than 120 nor more than 180 days
notice of  termination.  During the notice period that you continue to work, any
reduction in your Compensation  will be restored.  At the option of the Company,
following  receipt of this notice,  it may: (a) change or cure,  within 15 days,
the condition that you claim has caused the Change in Duties or Compensation, in
which case, your rights to terminate your  employment with the Company  pursuant
to this Section 2.4 shall cease (unless there occurs  thereafter  another Change
in Duties or  Compensation)  and you shall  continue  in the  employment  of the
Company  notwithstanding  the  notice  that you have  given;  (b)  allow  you to
continue  your  employment  through  the date  that you have  specified  in your
notice; or (c) immediately terminate your employment pursuant to Section 2.3. If
you terminate your employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 2.4, you
shall be entitled  to receive  Benefits  pursuant to Section 3. Your  failure to
provide the notice  required by this  Section 2.4 shall  result in you having no
right to receive any further  compensation  from the Company except for any base
salary or vacation earned but not paid, plus any bonus earned and accrued by the
Company through the Effective Date.

3.  SEVERANCE  BENEFITS.  If your  employment  with the Company is terminated as
described in Section 2.3 or 2.4, you shall be entitled to the benefits specified
in  subsections  3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 (the  "Benefits")  for the period of time set
forth in the applicable section.

     3.1  Salary  Payment  or  Continuance.  You will be paid a single  lump sum
payment in an amount  equal to 2.00 times the average of your annual base salary
and any bonus payments for the 3 years immediately preceding the Effective Date.
The  determination  of the amount of this payment shall be made by the Company's
actuaries and benefit  consultants  and, absent manifest error,  shall be final,
binding and conclusive upon you and the Company.

     3.2  Continuation  of Benefits.  During the 2 years following the Effective
Date that results in benefits under this Article 3 (the "Severance Period"), you
shall continue to receive the medical,  prescription,  dental, employee life and
group life  insurance  benefits at the levels to which you were  entitled on the
day preceding the Effective  Date,  or reasonably  equivalent  benefits,  to the
extent  continuation is not prohibited or limited by applicable law. In no event

                                       3

 <PAGE>

shall  substitute  plans,  practices,  policies  and  programs  provide you with
benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate,  than the most favorable of
those  plans,  practices,  policies  and  programs in effect for you at any time
during the 120-day period immediately  preceding the Effective Date. However, if
you become  reemployed with another employer and are eligible to receive medical
or other welfare benefits under another employer-provided plan, Company payments
for these medical and other welfare benefits shall cease.

4. EFFECT OF TERMINATION ON STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED  STOCK. In the event of
any termination of your employment,  all stock options and restricted stock held
by you that are vested prior to the Effective Date shall be owned or exercisable
in  accordance  with their  terms;  all stock  options  held by you that are not
vested prior to the  Effective  Date shall lapse and be void;  however,  if your
employment  with the Company is  terminated as described in Sections 2.3 or 2.4,
then, if your option or restricted stock grants provide for immediate vesting in
the event of a Change in Control,  the terms of your option or restricted  stock
agreement shall control.  If your option or restricted  stock agreement does not
provide  for  immediate  vesting,  you shall  receive,  within 30 days after the
Effective Date, a lump sum cash distribution  equal to: (a) the number of shares
of the Company's ordinary shares that are subject to options or restricted stock
grants held by you that are not vested as of the  Effective  Date  multiplied by
(b) the  difference  between:  (i) the closing price of a share of the Company's
ordinary  shares on the NASDAQ  National  Market  System as reported by The Wall
Street  Journal as of the day prior to the Effective  Date (or, if the market is
closed on that date, on the last preceding date on which the market was open for
trading), and (ii) the applicable exercise prices or stock grant values of those
non-vested shares.

5. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION. You recognize and acknowledge that, as a result of
your  employment  by the  Company,  you have or will  become  familiar  with and
acquire knowledge of confidential information and certain trade secrets that are
valuable,  special,  and unique  assets of the Company.  You agree that all that
confidential  information  and trade  secrets are the  property of the  Company.
Therefore,  you agree that, for and during your  employment with the Company and
continuing  following the  termination of your  employment  for any reason,  all
confidential information and trade secrets shall be considered to be proprietary
to the Company  and kept as the  private  records of the Company and will not be
divulged to any firm,  individual,  or institution,  or used to the detriment of
the Company. The parties agree that nothing in this Section 6 shall be construed
as  prohibiting  the Company from pursuing any remedies  available to it for any
breach or threatened  breach of this Section 6, including,  without  limitation,
the recovery of damages from you or any person or entity  acting in concert with
you.

                                       4

 <PAGE>

6. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     6.1 Other Plans.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect your rights during
your employment to receive increases in compensation, responsibilities or duties
or to participate in and receive benefits from any pension plan, benefit plan or
profit  sharing plans except plans which  specifically  address  benefits of the
type addressed in Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement.

     6.2 Death During Severance  Period. If you die during the Severance Period,
any  Benefits  remaining  to be paid  to you  shall  be paid to the  beneficiary
designated by you to receive those  Benefits (or in the absence of  designation,
to your surviving spouse or next of kin).

     6.3 Notices.  Any notices to be given under this  Agreement may be effected
by personal  delivery in writing or by mail,  registered or  certified,  postage
prepaid with return receipt requested.  Mailed notices shall be addressed to the
parties at the addresses  appearing on the first page of this  Agreement (to the
attention  of the  Secretary  in the case of notices to the  Company),  but each
party may change the delivery  address by written notice in accordance with this
Section 7.3. Notices  delivered  personally  shall be deemed  communicated as of
actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as of the second day
following deposit in the United States Mail.

     6.4 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  supersedes  all  previous  oral or
written agreements,  understandings or arrangements  between the Company and you
regarding a termination of your  employment with the Company or a change in your
status,  scope or authority and the salary,  benefits or other compensation that
you receive from the Company as a result of the  termination of your  employment
with the Company (the "Subject Matter"),  all of which are wholly terminated and
canceled.  This Agreement  contains all of the covenants and agreements  between
the parties with  respect to the Subject  Matter.  Each party to this  Agreement
acknowledges  that no  representations,  inducements,  promises,  or agreements,
orally or  otherwise,  have been made with respect to the Subject  Matter by any
party,  or anyone acting on behalf of any party,  which are not embodied in this
Agreement.  Any  subsequent  agreement  relating  to the  Subject  Matter or any
modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing signed
by the party against whom enforcement of the modification is sought.

     6.5 Partial  Invalidity.  If any  provision in this  Agreement is held by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  to be invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable,  the
remaining  provisions  shall  nevertheless  continue in full force without being
impaired or invalidated in any way.

     6.6  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee,  and it shall be enforced or
challenged only in the courts of the State of Tennessee.

     6.7 Waiver of Jury Trial.  The Company and you expressly waive any right to
a trial by jury in any  action or  proceeding  to  enforce  or defend any rights
under this  Agreement,  and agree that any such  action or  proceeding  shall be

                                       5

 <PAGE>

tried  before a court and not a jury.  You  irrevocably  waive,  to the  fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection that you may have now or hereafter to the
specified  venue of any such  action or  proceeding  and any claim that any such
action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

     6.8  Miscellaneous.  Failure  or  delay of  either  party  to  insist  upon
compliance  with any provision of this  Agreement will not operate as and is not
to be construed to be a waiver or amendment of the provision or the right of the
aggrieved party to insist upon compliance with the provision or to take remedial
steps to recover damages or other relief for  noncompliance.  Any express waiver
of any provision of this Agreement will not operate, and is not to be construed,
as a waiver of any subsequent  breach,  irrespective of whether  occurring under
similar or dissimilar circumstances. You may not assign any of your rights under
this  Agreement.  The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement
shall benefit and bind the  successors  and assigns of the Company.  The Company
agrees that if it assigns  this  Agreement  to any  successor  company,  it will
ensure that its terms are continued.

     6.9 Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

     a. The Company will pay you an amount (the  "Additional  Amount")  equal to
the excise tax under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code"),  if any,  incurred  by you by reason of the  payments  under this
Agreement  and any other plan,  agreement or  understanding  between you and the
Company or its parent,  subsidiaries  or affiliates  (collectively,  "Separation
Payments") constituting excess parachute payments under Section 280G of the Code
(or any successor provision).  In addition, the Company will pay an amount equal
to all excise  taxes and federal,  state and local income taxes  incurred by you
with respect to receipt of the Additional Amount. All determinations required to
be made  under this  Section  6.9  including  whether  an  Additional  Amount is
required  and  the  amount  of  any  Additional  Amount,  will  be  made  by the
independent  auditors engaged by the Company  immediately prior to the Change in
Control  (the  "Accounting  Firm"),   which  will  provide  detailed  supporting
calculations  to the Company and you. In computing  taxes,  the Accounting  Firm
will use the  highest  marginal  federal,  state  and  local  income  tax  rates
applicable  to you and will  assume  the full  deductibility  of state and local
income taxes for purposes of computing federal income tax liability,  unless you
demonstrate  that you will not in fact be entitled  to such a deduction  for the
year of payment.

     b. The  Additional  Amount,  computed  assuming that all of the  Separation
Payments  constitute excess parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the
Code (or any  successor  provision),  will be paid to you at the  time  that the
payments made  pursuant to Section 3.1 is made unless the Company,  prior to the
Severance  Period,  provides you with an opinion of the Accounting Firm that you
will not incur an excise  tax on part or all of the  Separation  Payments.  That

                                       6

<PAGE>

opinion will be based upon the  applicable  regulations  under Sections 280G and
4999 of the Code (or any successor  provisions) or substantial  authority within
the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code. If that opinion applies only to part of
the Separation  Payments,  the Company will pay you the  Additional  Amount with
respect to the part of the Separation Payments not covered by the opinion.

     c. The amount of the Additional  Amount and the  assumptions to be utilized
in  arriving at the  determination,  shall be made by the  Company's  Accounting
Firm,  whose  decision shall be final and binding upon both you and the Company.
You must  notify  the  Company  in  writing  no later than 30 days after you are
informed of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would
require  the  payment by the  Company of the  Additional  Amount.  You must also
cooperate fully with the Company and give the Company any information reasonably
requested  relating  to the  claim,  and  take all  action  in  connection  with
contesting the claim as the Company reasonably  requests in writing from time to
time.

     If all of the terms and  conditions in this Agreement are agreed to by you,
please signify your agreement by executing the enclosed duplicate of this letter
and returning it to us. At the date of your return, this letter shall constitute
a fully enforceable Agreement between us.


                                    CBRL GROUP, INC.

                                    By:   /s/Michael A. Woodhouse
                                          ------------------------
                                          Michael A. Woodhouse
                                          Chairman, President and CEO


The foregoing is fully agreed to and accepted by:


Company Employee's Signature: /s/ N.B. Forrest Shoaf
                              ----------------------

Please Print or Type Name:  N.B. Forrest Shoaf
                            ------------------

Please Print or Type Title: Sr. Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
                            -------------------------------------------------

                                       7
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>9
<FILENAME>formofmtirpaward.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EX-10, FORM OF MTIRP AWARD
<TEXT>
Exhibit 10(ee)


                                CBRL GROUP, INC.
               MID-TERM INCENTIVE AND RETENTION PLAN AWARD NOTICE

     This Mid-Term  Incentive and Retention  Plan Award Notice (the "Notice") is
dated this ____ day of  ________,  20__,  from CBRL  GROUP,  INC.,  a  Tennessee
corporation (the "Company") to ____________________,  ______________________  of
the Company (the "Employee").

     WHEREAS, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Company's Board
of    Directors    has    authorized    an    award   to   the    Employee    of
________________________________  (_______)  shares of the  Company's  $0.01 par
value  common  stock  (the  "Restricted  Stock")  [and  cash  in the  amount  of
$____________]  pursuant  to the terms and  provisions  of the FY ____  Mid-Term
Incentive and Retention Plan (the "Plan") and this Notice;

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and other good and
valuable consideration,  including the services to be rendered to the Company by
the  Employee,  the  Company  does  hereby  award  the  Restricted  Stock to the
Employee,  and the  Employee,  by  [his][her]  signature  hereto,  accepts  such
Restricted Stock, on the following terms and conditions:

     (1) Grant of Restricted  Stock.  The Company  hereby grants to the Employee
_____________________  (_______) shares of Restricted Stock,  subject to all the
restrictions,  limitations  and other terms and  provisions of the Plan and this
Notice.  Upon  vesting,  the Company shall cause a  certificate  evidencing  the
Restricted  Stock to be issued by the Company's stock transfer  agent,  who will
release  such  Restricted   Stock  to  the  Employee  solely  upon  the  written
instructions of the Company.

     (2)   Restrictions.   Until  the   Restricted   Stock   vests  and  becomes
distributable  in accordance  with the Employment  Agreement,  the Plan and this
Notice,  the Employee  shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder  of the
Company with respect to the  Restricted  Stock,  including the right to vote the
shares or to receive any cash dividends.

     (3)  Vesting.  The  Restricted  Stock,  subject  to all  the  restrictions,
limitations  and other terms and  provisions of the Plan and this Notice,  shall
vest and become  distributable  without further or additional  conditions at the
end of the Company's ____ fiscal year.


     (4)  Non-transferability.  Unvested Restricted Stock is not transferable by
the Employee.

     [(5) Grant of Cash Award. The Company hereby awards to the Employee cash in
the amount of  $____________  (the  "Cash"),  subject  to all the  restrictions,
limitations and other terms and provisions of the Plan and this Notice.]

     (6) Notice  Subject to Plan.  This Notice does not undertake to express all
conditions,  terms and provisions of the Plan. The grant of the Restricted Stock
[and Cash] is subject in all  respects to all of the  restrictions,  limitations
and other  terms  and  provisions  of the Plan,  which,  by this  reference,  is
incorporated herein to the same extent as if copied verbatim.

     (7) Tax Withholding and Section 83(b)  Elections.  At the time the Employee
shall become subject to federal  income  taxation with respect to the Restricted
Stock  (normally  upon  vesting,  unless the  Employee  files an election  under
Section 83(b) of the Code),  the Employee shall pay to the Company the amount of
any Federal, state, local and other taxes required to be withheld by the Company
with respect to the  Restricted  Stock.  If the Employee files an election under
Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal  Revenue Service to include the fair
market  value of any shares of  Restricted  Stock in gross income while they are
still subject to any  restrictions,  the Employee shall promptly  furnish to the
Company a copy of such election.  The Company may make such  provisions and take
such steps as it may deem  necessary or appropriate  for the  withholding of all
Federal,  state,  local and other taxes  required by law to be withheld upon the
vesting of the Restricted Stock.  Unless otherwise  determined by the Committee,
the Employee  will be  permitted  to elect to  surrender a sufficient  number of
shares of the vested  Restricted  Stock to satisfy  the  Company's  minimum  tax
withholding obligation.

     (8) Acceptance of Restricted Stock and [Cash].  The Employee hereby accepts
the Restricted Stock [and Cash] subject to all the restrictions, limitations and
other terms and provisions of the Plan and this Notice.

                            [Signature page follows.]

<PAGE>




     WITNESS  the action of the Company  effective  as of the day and year first
above written.


The foregoing is acknowledged and accepted:

- -------------------------------------------



                                             CBRL GROUP, INC.

                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------

                                             Name:
                                                  ------------------------------

                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-13
<SEQUENCE>10
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex13.txt
<DESCRIPTION>PORTIONS OF ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
<TEXT>
Exhibit 13


CBRL Group, Inc.
Selected Financial Data
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>                 <C>                <C>               <C>               <C>
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands except share data)
                                                                        For each of the fiscal years ended

                                           July 29,           July 30,           August 1,          August 2,         August 3,
                                             2005              2004(c)             2003                2002         2001 (d)(e)(f)
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected Income Statement Data:
Total revenue                            $2,567,548          $2,380,947         $2,198,182        $2,071,784        $1,967,998
Net income                                  126,640             111,885            105,108            90,444            48,550
Net income per share:
          Basic                                2.65                2.29               2.13              1.67              0.86
          Diluted                              2.45                2.12               1.97              1.59              0.85
Dividends paid per share(a)                 $  0.47             $  0.33           $   0.02          $   0.02          $   0.02

As Percent of Revenues:
Cost of goods sold                             33.0%               33.0%              32.0%             32.7%             33.8%
Labor and related expenses                     36.6                37.0               37.3              37.5              37.2
Other store operating expenses                 17.4                17.0               17.3              17.1              18.2
Store operating income                         13.0                13.0               13.4              12.7              10.8
General and administrative
  expenses                                      5.1                 5.3                5.6               5.6               5.2
Operating Income                                7.9                 7.7                7.8               7.1               4.9
Income before income taxes                      7.5                 7.3                7.4               6.8               4.2
Memo:  Depreciation and
  amortization                                  2.6                 2.7                2.9               3.0               3.3

Selected Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital (deficit)                $ (104,862)          $ (39,195)         $ (66,880)        $ (51,252)        $ (34,701)
Total assets                              1,533,272           1,435,704          1,327,165         1,264,673         1,213,797
Long-term debt                              212,218             185,138            186,730           194,476           125,000
Other long-term obligations                  48,411              36,225             30,454            25,992            19,697
Shareholders' equity                        869,988             873,336            789,362           778,881           843,340

Selected Cash Flow Data:
Cash provided by operating activities     $ 279,903           $ 200,365          $ 240,586         $ 196,277         $ 147,859
Purchase of property and equipment          171,447             144,611            120,921            96,692            91,439
Share repurchases                           159,328              69,206            166,632           216,834            36,444

Selected Other Data:
Common Shares outstanding at
    end of year                          46,619,803          48,769,368         47,872,542        50,272,459        55,026,846
Stores Open at End of Year:
           Cracker Barrel                       529                 504                480               457               437
           Logan's company-operated             124                 107                 96                84                75
           Logan's franchised                    23                  20                 16                12                 8

Comparable Store Sales(b):
Average Unit Annual Sales:
    Cracker Barrel restaurant              $  3,313             $ 3,217            $ 3,157           $ 3,150          $  3,082
    Cracker Barrel retail                       955                 988                939               945               946
    Memo: Cracker Barrel number of
       stores in comparable base                466                 445                430               414               376
    Logan's company-operated               $  3,160             $ 3,040            $ 2,915           $ 2,959           $ 3,041
    Memo: Logan's number of restaurants
       in comparable base                        93                  83                 71                59                40
Period to period increase (decrease)
    in comparable store sales:
     Cracker Barrel restaurant                  3.1 %               2.0%               0.5 %             5.3%              4.6%
     Cracker Barrel retail                     (2.7)                5.3               (0.4)              2.3               1.1
     Logan's company-operated                   3.4                 4.8                0.0               2.4              (1.1)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


(a)  On September  23, 2004,  the  Company's  Board of Directors  (the  "Board")
     increased the quarterly  dividend to $0.12 per share per quarter (an annual
     equivalent  of $0.48  per  share).  During  2005,  the  Company  paid  such
     dividends of $0.12 per share during the second,  third and fourth  quarters
     of 2005. Additionally, on September 22, 2005, the Board declared a dividend
     of $0.13 per share payable on November 8, 2005 to shareholders of record on
     October 14, 2005. This dividend reflects an 8.3% increase from the previous
     quarterly dividend.
(b)  Comparable  store sales and traffic consist of sales and calculated  number
     of guests,  respectively,  of units open six full quarters at the beginning
     of the year; and are measured on comparable  calendar  weeks.  Average unit
     volumes are normalized to 52 weeks for fiscal 2001.
(c)  Includes  charges of $5,210  before  taxes,  as a result of  settlement  of
     certain  lawsuits  against the Company's  Cracker Barrel Old Country Store,
     Inc.  ("Cracker   Barrel")   subsidiary  (see  Note  10  to  the  Company's
     Consolidated Financial Statements).
(d)  Includes  charges  of  $33,063  before  taxes,  principally  as a result of
     exiting the Carmine Giardini's Gourmet Market(TM) business and closing four
     Cracker Barrel units and three Logan's Roadhouse restaurants, as well as an
     accrual for a settlement  proposal  for a collective  action under the Fair
     Labor  Standards  Act, which was later settled as part of the item noted in
     (c) above.
(e)  The Company's  fiscal year ended August 3, 2001 consisted of 53 weeks. As a
     result,  comparisons  to fiscal 2002 also  reflect the impact of having one
     more week in fiscal 2001 than in fiscal 2002.
(f)  Includes a  sale-leaseback  transaction  under which  $138,300 of long-term
     debt was paid down.

MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

The  following  table  indicates  the high and low sales prices of the Company's
common  stock,  as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market  (National  Market),  and
dividends paid.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>             <C>              <C>                             <C>             <C>              <C>
                                 Fiscal Year 2005                                                Fiscal Year 2004
                              Prices                                                         Prices
                  ------------------------------- Dividends                       -------------------------------  Dividends
                       High            Low          Paid                               High            Low           Paid
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First                $37.09          $30.00           $0.11                           $39.02          $32.25             -
Second                43.14           36.08            0.12                            42.07           36.61           $0.11
Third                 44.60           38.38            0.12                            41.24           37.09            0.11
Fourth                42.12           37.75            0.12                            38.11           30.55            0.11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

     The following discussion and analysis provides information which management
believes  is  relevant  to an  assessment  and  understanding  of the  Company's
consolidated  and  financial  condition.   The  discussion  should  be  read  in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto. Except
for specific historical information, the matters discussed in this Annual Report
to Shareholders,  as well as the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") for the year ended July 29, 2005,
contain forward-looking  statements that involve risks,  uncertainties and other
factors which may cause actual results and  performance of the Company to differ
materially   from  those   expressed  or  implied  by  these   statements.   All
forward-looking  information is provided pursuant to the safe harbor established
under  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of 1995 and  should  be
evaluated in the context of these factors.  Forward-looking statements generally
can  be  identified  by  the  use  of   forward-looking   terminology   such  as
"assumptions,"  "target," "guidance,"  "outlook," "plans,"  "projection," "may,"
"will,"  "would,"  "expect,"  "intend,"  "estimate,"   "anticipate,"  "believe,"
"potential" or "continue" (or the negative or other derivatives of each of these
terms) or similar  terminology.  Factors  which could  materially  affect actual
results  include,  but are not  limited to: the  effects of  uncertain  consumer
confidence,  higher costs for energy,  mortgage or other consumer debt payments,
or  general  or  regional  economic  weakness  on  sales  and  customer  travel,
discretionary  income or  personal  expenditure  activity;  the  ability  of the
Company  to  identify,   acquire  and  sell   successful  new  lines  of  retail
merchandise;  competitive marketing and operational initiatives;  the ability of
the Company to sustain or the effects of plans  intended to improve  operational
execution and  performance;  the effects of plans intended to promote or protect
the  Company's  brands and  products;  the effects of increased  competition  at
Company  locations on sales and on labor  recruiting,  cost, and retention;  the
availability  and cost of  acceptable  sites for  development  and the Company's
ability to identify  such sites;  the ability of the Company to open and operate
new locations  successfully;  changes in foreign  exchange  rates  affecting the
Company's future retail inventory purchases;  commodity,  workers' compensation,
group  health and  utility  price  changes;  changes in building  materials  and
construction  costs;  consumer behavior based on negative  publicity or concerns
over nutritional or safety aspects of the Company's  products or restaurant food
in  general;   changes  in  or  implementation  of  additional  governmental  or
regulatory rules,  regulations and interpretations  affecting  accounting,  tax,
wage  and  hour  matters,  health  and  safety,  pensions,  insurance  or  other
undeterminable  areas;  practical or psychological  effects of terrorist acts or
war and military or government responses; the ability of and cost to the Company
to recruit, train, and retain qualified hourly and management employees; changes
in interest rates affecting the Company's  financing  costs;  disruptions to the
company's  restaurant  or retail supply  chain;  the actual  results of pending,
future or threatened litigation or governmental investigations and the costs and
effects of negative publicity  associated with these activities;  implementation
of new or changes in interpretation of existing accounting  principles generally
accepted in the United  States of America  ("GAAP");  effectiveness  of internal
controls over financial  reporting;  changes in capital market  conditions  that
could affect  valuations  of  restaurant  companies in general or the  Company's
goodwill in  particular;  and other factors  described  from time to time in the
Company's filings with the SEC, press releases, and other communications.

     All dollar  amounts  reported or discussed in  Management's  Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  are  shown  in
thousands.  References  in  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition  and Results of  Operations  to a year or quarter are to the Company's
fiscal year or quarter unless otherwise noted.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

     CBRL  Group,  Inc.  (the  "Company,"  "our" or "we") is a  publicly  traded
(Nasdaq: CBRL) holding company that, through certain subsidiaries, is engaged in
the  operation  and  development  of the  Cracker  Barrel Old  Country  Store(R)
("Cracker Barrel") and Logan's  Roadhouse(R)  ("Logan's")  restaurant and retail
concepts.  The Company was organized under the laws of the state of Tennessee in
August 1998 and maintains an Internet website at cbrlgroup.com.

     We are in the business of delivering  excellent  guest dining  experiences,
and we strive to do that in 41  states  at more  than 650  company-owned  and 23
franchised units. While each restaurant concept offers its own unique atmosphere
and an array of distinct  menu items,  both are equally  committed  to executing
outstanding guest service while focusing on delivery of high quality products at
affordable  prices.  During 2005 we served  approximately  212 million  meals in
Cracker Barrel and approximately 30 million meals in Logan's.

<PAGE>

Restaurant Industry

     Our  businesses  operate  in the  full-service  segment  of the  restaurant
industry in the United  States.  The restaurant  business is highly  competitive
with respect to quality,  variety and price of the food  products  offered.  The
industry  is often  affected  by changes  in the taste and eating  habits of the
public,  local and national economic  conditions  affecting spending habits, and
population and traffic  patterns.  There are many segments within the restaurant
industry,  which  overlap  and often  provide  competition  for  widely  diverse
restaurant  concepts.  Competition  also  exists in  securing  prime real estate
locations for new restaurants, in hiring qualified employees, in advertising, in
the  attractiveness  of  facilities  and among  competitors  with  similar  menu
offerings or convenience.

     Additionally,  seasonal,  economic and weather  conditions  also affect the
restaurant business. Historically, interstate tourist traffic and the propensity
to dine out have been much higher during the summer months,  thereby attributing
to higher  profits in our fourth  quarter.  While retail sales in Cracker Barrel
are made substantially to restaurant customers,  such sales are strongest in the
second quarter,  which includes the Christmas  holiday  shopping season. A rapid
increase in gasoline  and energy  prices that began in 2004,  continued in 2005,
and apparently  exacerbated by disruptions  from hurricanes in 2006,  appears to
have  affected  consumer  discretionary  income and dining  out  habits.  Severe
weather can and has affected sales adversely from time to time.

Key Performance Indicators

     Management  uses a number  of key  performance  measures  to  evaluate  the
Company's operational and financial performance, including the following:

     Comparable  store sales and traffic consist of sales and calculated  number
of guests, respectively, of units open six full quarters at the beginning of the
year; and are measured on comparable  calendar  weeks.  This measure  highlights
performance of existing stores as the impact of new store openings is excluded.

     Percentage  of  restaurant   sales  by  day-part   assists   management  in
identifying the breakdown of sales provided by meals served for breakfast, lunch
or dinner.  This  measure not only  provides a financial  measure of revenues by
type of meal,  but also assists  operational  management  in analyzing  staffing
levels needed throughout the day.

     Percentage of retail sales to total sales indicates the relative proportion
of  spending  by guests on retail  product  at Cracker  Barrel  stores and helps
identify  overall  effectiveness  of  our  retail  operations  and  initiatives.
Management uses this measure to analyze a store's ability to convert  restaurant
traffic into retail sales since the  substantial  majority of our retail  guests
are also restaurant guests.

     Average check per person is an indicator  which  management uses to analyze
the dollars  spent in our stores per guest.  This  measure  aids  management  in
identifying  trends in guest  preferences as well as the  effectiveness  of menu
price increases and other menu changes.

     Turnover  rates are  considered  separately  for both hourly  turnover  and
managerial  turnover.  These  indicators  help  management to anticipate  future
training needs and costs, as well as helping  management to recognize  trends in
staffing levels that would potentially affect operating performance.

     Store  Operating  Margins are defined as total  revenue  less cost of goods
sold, labor and other related expenses and other store operating  expenses,  all
as a percent of total revenue.  Management  uses this indicator as a primary
measure of operating profitability.


<PAGE>

Results of Operations

The following table highlights operating results over the past three years:
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>             <C>
                                                                                        Period to Period
                                                Relationship to Total Revenue          Increase (Decrease)
                                              -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       2005            2004
                                                 2005         2004     2003          vs 2004         vs 2003
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue:                                  100.0%       100.0%     100.0%            8%             8%
Cost of goods sold                               33.0         33.0       32.0             8             12
Gross profit                                     67.0         67.0       68.0             8              7
Labor and other related expenses                 36.6         37.0       37.3             7              7
Other store operating expenses                   17.4         17.0       17.3            10              6
Store operating income                           13.0         13.0       13.4             8              5
General and administrative                        5.1         5.3         5.6             4              4
Operating income                                  7.9         7.7         7.8            10              6
Interest expense                                  0.4         0.4         0.4             3             (5)
Interest income                                    -           -           -          1,820              -
Income before income taxes                        7.5         7.3         7.4            11              7
Provision for income taxes                        2.6         2.6         2.6             7              8
Net income                                        4.9         4.7         4.8            13              6
=================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The Company  recorded  charges of $5,210 before taxes,  during the quarter ended
July 30, 2004,  as a result of a settlement  in principle of certain  previously
reported  lawsuits  against its Cracker  Barrel  subsidiary  (see Note 10 to the
Company's Consolidated  Financial Statements).  The charge increased general and
administrative  expense in the  Company's  Consolidated  Statement  of Income in
dollars  and as a percent of total  revenue  for the year ended July 30, 2004 by
$5,210 and 0.2%, respectively.

Total Revenue

     The  following  table   highlights  the  components  of  total  revenue  by
percentage relationships to total revenue for the past three years:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>             <C>
                                                                                        2005          2004            2003
                                                                                       ----------------------------------------
Net Sales:
    Cracker Barrel restaurant                                                            66.1%         66.1%           67.3%
    Logan's company-operated                                                             14.6          13.4            12.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total restaurant                                                                80.7          79.5            79.7
    Cracker Barrel retail                                                                19.2          20.4            20.2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total net sales                                                                 99.9          99.9            99.9
Franchise fees and royalties                                                              0.1           0.1             0.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total revenue                                                                       100.0%        100.0%          100.0%
===============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The following table highlights comparable store sales* results over the past two
years:
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                     <C>                   <C>                      <C>
                                                 Cracker Barrel                                      Logan's
                                                Period to Period                                Period to Period
                                              Increase (Decrease)                                   Increase
                                              -------------------                                   --------
                                      2005 vs 2004            2004 vs 2003           2005 vs 2004             2004 vs 2003
                                      (466 Stores)            (445 Stores)            (93 Stores)             (83 Stores)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Restaurant                                 3.1%                    2.0%                   3.4%                    4.8%
Retail                                    (2.7)                    5.3                     --                      --
Restaurant & Retail                        1.8                     2.8                    3.4                     4.8
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
*Comparable  store sales consist of sales of units open six full quarters at the
beginning of the year; and are measured on comparable calendar weeks.



<PAGE>

     Cracker Barrel  comparable  store  restaurant sales increased 3.1% for 2005
versus 2004 at an average of $3,313 per store. Comparable store restaurant sales
increased 2.0% in 2004 versus 2003. The increase in comparable  store restaurant
sales  from  2004 to 2005  was due to an  increase  in  average  check  of 4.0%,
including  a 2.9% menu price  increase  and 1.1% of product mix  changes,  and a
decrease in guest traffic of 0.9%.

     Cracker Barrel comparable store retail sales decreased 2.7% for 2005 versus
2004 at an average of $955 per store.  Comparable  store retail sales  increased
5.3% in 2004 versus 2003. The  comparable  store retail sales decrease from 2004
to 2005 was due to exceptionally  strong retail sales in 2004,  restaurant guest
traffic  decreases,  uncertain  consumer  sentiment  and  reduced  discretionary
spending,  and weaker than expected  response to the retail  assortments,  which
included  fewer new product  lines than  presently is expected to be featured in
the future.

     In 2005 total net sales  (restaurant  and retail) in the 466 Cracker Barrel
comparable  stores  averaged  $4,268.  Restaurant  sales were 77.6% of total net
sales in the comparable 466 stores in 2005 and 76.6% in 2004.

     Logan's  comparable  store sales  increased 3.4% for 2005 versus 2004 at an
average of $3,160 per restaurant. Comparable store sales increased 4.8% for 2004
versus 2003. The increase in comparable store sales from 2004 to 2005 was due to
an  increase in average  check of 3.9% and a decrease in guest  traffic of 0.5%.
The higher check included a 3.2% menu price increase and 0.7% of product mix and
other changes including fewer complimentary meals.

     Total   revenue,   which   increased  7.8%  and  8.3%  in  2005  and  2004,
respectively,  benefited from the opening of 25, 24 and 23 Cracker Barrel stores
in  2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively,  and  the  opening  of 17,  11 and 12
company-operated and 3, 4 and 4 franchised Logan's restaurants in 2005, 2004 and
2003,  respectively.  Average weekly sales (net sales divided by operating weeks
in  company-owned  units) were  approximately  $63.3 per week for Cracker Barrel
restaurants in 2005  (compared with $61.7 in 2004 and $60.9 in 2003),  $18.4 for
Cracker  Barrel retail  (compared  with $19.1 for 2004 and $18.2 for 2003),  and
$61.0 for Logan's (compared with $59.5 for 2004 and $57.0 for 2003).

Cost of Goods Sold

     Cost of goods sold as a percentage  of total  revenue in 2005 remained flat
compared  to 2004 at  33.0%.  This was due to higher  commodity  costs for beef,
pork,  poultry and produce and higher markdowns on retail  merchandise offset by
higher menu pricing and a lower percentage of retail sales,  which have a higher
cost as a percent of sales than do restaurant sales, and higher initial mark-ons
of retail merchandise.

     Cost of goods sold as a percentage  of total  revenue  increased in 2004 to
33.0% from 32.0% in 2003.  This increase was due to higher  commodity  costs for
beef,  butter,  bacon and other  dairy,  including  eggs,  all of which had high
single-digit  percentage  increases due to unfavorable market  conditions.  Also
affecting  cost of  goods  sold in 2004 was a higher  mix of  retail  sales as a
percent of total revenue (retail has a higher product cost than  restaurant) and
higher  markdowns  of  retail  merchandise  versus  the prior  year.  Management
believes that  increases in 2004 were unusual in both  magnitude and the breadth
of commodities  affected.  These increases were partially  offset by higher menu
pricing and higher initial mark-ons of retail merchandise.

Labor and Related Expenses

     Labor and other related  expenses include all direct and indirect labor and
related costs  incurred in store  operations.  Labor expenses as a percentage of
total revenue were 36.6%, 37.0% and 37.3% in 2005, 2004 and 2003,  respectively.
The year to year  decrease  from 2004 to 2005 was due to higher menu pricing and
lower bonuses under unit-level bonus programs, partially offset by higher hourly
wage rates and manager  wages versus the prior year.  The year to year  decrease
from 2003 to 2004 was due to higher menu pricing,  lower hourly labor, including
wage rates and  decreased  workers'  compensation  and group health costs offset
partially by increases in manager wages and bonuses versus the prior year.

Other Store Operating Expenses

     Other store operating expenses include all unit-level  operating costs, the
major  components  of which  are  operating  supplies,  utilities,  repairs  and
maintenance,  advertising,  rent,  depreciation  and  amortization.  Other store
operating  expenses as a percentage of total revenue were 17.4%, 17.0% and 17.3%
in 2005,  2004 and 2003,  respectively.  The year to year  increase from 2004 to
2005 was due to higher  utilities,  advertising and maintenance  expenses offset
partially by higher menu pricing  versus the prior year.  The decrease from 2003
to 2004 was due to lower  advertising and  depreciation  and higher menu pricing
versus  the prior year  offset  partially  by higher  losses on  disposition  of
property and equipment versus the prior year.

<PAGE>

General and Administrative Expenses

     General and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of total revenue were
5.1%,  5.3% and 5.6% in 2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively.  The year to year
decrease  from 2004 to 2005 was due to lower legal fees  compared to prior year,
which  included  a  legal  settlement  and an  insurance  recovery  relative  to
litigation  settlements and related  expenses  incurred in prior years discussed
earlier  (also see Note 10 to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements),  offset
partially by higher  salaries  versus prior year. The year to year decrease from
2003 to 2004  was due to  lower  professional  fees  and  lower  bonus  accruals
reflective of lower performance against financial objectives offset partially by
the legal  settlement  discussed  earlier (also see Note 10 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements).

Interest Expense

     Interest  expense  increased  to $8,693 in 2005 from $8,444 in 2004,  which
represented a decrease from $8,892 in 2003.  The year to year increase from 2004
to 2005 was due to higher average  outstanding  debt and higher  interest rates,
offset  partially by lower  amortization of deferred  financing costs and higher
capitalized interest. The decrease from 2003 to 2004 resulted from lower average
outstanding debt as compared to the prior year.

Provision for Income Taxes

     Provision  for income taxes as a percent of income  before income taxes was
34.6% for 2005,  35.9% for 2004 and 35.5% for 2003.  The reason for the decrease
in the tax rate from 2004 to 2005 reflected the passage of the Work  Opportunity
and Welfare to Work  federal tax credit  legislation  signed on October 22, 2004
retroactive to January 1, 2004. The reason for the increase in the tax rate from
2003 to 2004 was the  expiration of the same federal tax credit  legislation  on
January 1, 2004.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

     In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004)  "Share-Based
Payment" ("SFAS No. 123R"). SFAS No. 123R replaces SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based  Compensation"  and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for
Stock Issued to  Employees."  SFAS No. 123R  requires  that the cost of employee
services  received  in exchange  for equity  instruments  issued or  liabilities
incurred are recognized in the financial  statements.  Compensation cost will be
measured  using a  fair-value-based  method  over the period  that the  employee
provides  service in  exchange  for the  award.  As  disclosed  in Note 2 to the
Company's  Consolidated  Financial Statements,  based on the current assumptions
and calculations used, had the Company recognized  compensation expense based on
the fair  value of awards of equity  instruments,  net  income  would  have been
reduced  by  approximately  $8,799  for the  year  ended  July  29,  2005.  This
compensation  expense  is the  after-tax  net of  the  stock-based  compensation
expense  determined  under  the  fair-value  based  method  for all  awards  and
stock-based  employee  compensation  included  previously in reported net income
under APB No. 25.  This  statement  will apply to all awards  granted  after the
effective date and to  modifications,  repurchases or  cancellations of existing
awards.  SFAS No. 123R is  effective  as of the  beginning  of the first  annual
reporting  period that begins  after June 15, 2005 and,  therefore,  the Company
will adopt in its first  quarter of 2006.  Partly in  anticipation  of these new
accounting  rules,  the  Company  modified  its  compensation   plans  to  limit
eligibility  to  receive  share-based  compensation  and  shifted a  portion  of
share-based  compensation  primarily to cash-based  incentive  compensation.  We
expect  the  2006  impact  of the  adoption  of SFAS  123(R)  combined  with the
modifications to the Company's  compensation plans to be approximately  $0.14 to
$0.16 per diluted  share.  The effect of future  awards will vary  depending  on
timing,  amount and valuation methods used for such awards,  the past awards are
not  necessarily  indicative  of future  awards.  SFAS 123(R) also  requires the
benefits  of tax  deductions  in excess of  recognized  compensation  cost to be
reported as a financing  cash flow,  rather  than as an  operating  cash flow as
required under the current  rules.  This  requirement  will reduce net operating
cash flow and reduce net financing cash outflow by offsetting and equal amounts.

     In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151,  "Inventory  Costs, an
amendment of ARB No. 43,  Chapter 4" ("SFAS No.  151").  SFAS No. 151  clarifies
that abnormal  inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities,  excess freight
and  handling  costs,  and  wasted  materials  (spoilage)  are  required  to  be
recognized  as current  period  charges  and  require  the  allocation  of fixed
production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production
facilities.  The  provisions of SFAS No. 151 are  effective for inventory  costs
incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005 and,  therefore,  the
Company will adopt in its first quarter of 2006. The Company does not expect the
adoption of SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated
results of operations or financial position.

     In May 2005,  the FASB issued  Statement No. 154,  "Accounting  Changes and
Error Corrections-a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3."
This  Statement is effective for  accounting  changes and  corrections of errors
made in fiscal  years  beginning  after  December 15,  2005.  Early  adoption is
permitted for accounting  changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years

<PAGE>

beginning  after the date this  Statement was issued.  This  Statement  does not
change the  transition  provisions  of any existing  accounting  pronouncements,
including those that are in a transition  phase as of the effective date of this
Statement.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     Interest Rate Risk. The Company is subject to market risk exposure  related
to changes in interest rates. As of September 26, 2005, the Company has in place
a $300,000  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  which matures  February 21, 2008.  The
facility bears interest, at the Company's election,  either at the prime rate or
a percentage point spread from LIBOR based on certain financial ratios set forth
in the loan  agreement.  At July 29, 2005,  the Company had $21,500  outstanding
borrowings  under the Revolving Credit  Facility,  and the Company's  percentage
point spread from LIBOR was 1.25%, as it was through all of 2005. The percentage
point spread will remain  1.25% for the first  quarter of 2006.  The  percentage
point  spread  from  LIBOR for the  second,  third and fourth  quarters  of 2006
remains to be determined.  While changes in the prime rate or LIBOR would affect
the cost of funds borrowed in the future,  the Company believes that the effect,
if any,  of  reasonably  possible  near-term  changes in  interest  rates on the
Company's consolidated  financial position,  results of operations or cash flows
would not be material.

     Commodity  Price Risk.  Many of the food products  purchased by the Company
are  affected  by  commodity  pricing  and  are,  therefore,  subject  to  price
volatility caused by weather,  production  problems,  delivery  difficulties and
other  factors  which are  outside  the  control  of the  Company  and which are
generally unpredictable. Four food categories (beef, dairy, including eggs, pork
and poultry)  account for the largest  shares of the Company's food purchases at
approximately 19%, 12%, 10% and 9%,  respectively.  Other categories affected by
the commodities markets,  such as produce,  seafood and coffee, may each account
for as much as 6% of the Company's food purchases. While the Company has some of
its food items  prepared to its  specifications,  the  Company's  food items are
based on generally  available  products,  and if any existing suppliers fail, or
are  unable to  deliver in  quantities  required  by the  Company,  the  Company
believes that there are sufficient  other quality  suppliers in the  marketplace
that its  sources of supply can be  replaced  as  necessary.  The  Company  also
recognizes, however, that commodity pricing is extremely volatile and can change
unpredictably and over short periods of time.  Changes in commodity prices would
affect the Company and its competitors generally, and depending on the terms and
duration of supply contracts, sometimes simultaneously.  The Company also enters
into  supply  contracts  for  certain of its  products  in an effort to minimize
volatility of supply and pricing.  In many cases,  or over the longer term,  the
Company  believes it will be able to pass through some or much of the  increased
commodity  costs by adjusting its menu pricing.  From time to time,  competitive
circumstances,  or judgments about consumer  acceptance of price increases,  may
limit menu price flexibility,  and in those circumstances increases in commodity
prices can result in lower  margins  for the  Company,  as  happened in 2004 and
2005.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The following  table presents a summary of the Company's cash flows for the
last three years:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                         2005           2004           2003
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                            $279,903       $200,365       $240,586
Net cash used in investing activities                                                (170,066)      (143,666)      (118,953)
Net cash used in financing activities                                                (121,439)       (42,313)      (122,318)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                                 $(11,602)      $ 14,386       $   (685)
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     The Company's  cash  generated  from  operating  activities was $279,903 in
2005. Most of this cash was provided by net income adjusted by depreciation  and
amortization,  increases in accounts payable and deferred income taxes and other
adjustments  to net income from the tax benefit  realized upon exercise of stock
options, accretion on zero coupon contingently convertible senior notes and loss
on disposition of property.  Increases in other long-term  obligations,  accrued
employee benefits, income taxes payable, taxes withheld and accrued and deferred
revenues and decreases in prepaid expenses were partially offset by increases in
other assets, accounts receivable and inventories and decreases in other accrued
expenses and accrued employee compensation.

     The  Company  had  negative  working  capital of  $104,862 at July 29, 2005
versus  negative  working capital of $39,195 at July 30, 2004. In the restaurant
industry,  substantially  all sales are  either for cash or  third-party  credit
card. Like many other restaurant companies, the Company is able to, and may from
time to time,  operate with negative  working  capital.  Restaurant  inventories
purchased  through the Company's  principal food distributor are on terms of net

<PAGE>

zero days, while restaurant inventories purchased locally generally are financed
from normal trade credit.  Retail inventories purchased  domestically  generally
are  financed  from normal  trade  credit,  while  imported  retail  inventories
generally  are purchased  through  letters of credit and wire  transfers.  These
various  trade terms are aided by rapid  turnover of the  restaurant  inventory.
Employees generally are paid on weekly,  bi-weekly or semi-monthly  schedules in
arrears for hours  worked,  and certain  expenses such as certain taxes and some
benefits are deferred for longer periods of time.

     Capital  expenditures  (purchase of property and equipment)  were $171,447,
$144,611  and  $120,921  in 2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively.  Costs of new
locations accounted for the majority of these expenditures.

     The Company's  internally generated cash, along with cash at July 30, 2004,
proceeds from stock option exercises,  the Company's  available revolver and the
Company's new operating  leases,  were  sufficient to finance all of its growth,
share repurchases and other cash payment obligations in 2005.

     In 2002,  the Company  issued  $422,050  (face value at maturity) of Notes,
maturing on April 2, 2032, and received proceeds totaling approximately $172,756
prior to debt issuance  costs.  The Notes require no cash interest  payments and
were issued at a discount  representing  a yield to maturity of 3.00% per annum.
The Notes are redeemable at the Company's  option on or after April 3, 2007, and
the holders of the Notes may require the Company to redeem the Notes on April 3,
2007, 2012, 2017, 2022 or 2027, and in certain other circumstances. In addition,
each $1 (face value at maturity) Note is convertible  into 10.8584 shares of the
Company's  common stock  (approximately  4.6 million shares in the aggregate) if
any of the  following  conditions  occur:  1) the closing price of the Company's
common  stock  exceeds  a  specified  price  (initially,  120%  of the  accreted
conversion price, and declining .08474% per quarter  thereafter to approximately
110% of the  accreted  conversion  price on the last day of the  quarter  ending
January 30, 2032,  with a specified  price of $49.19 at July 29,  2005);  2) the
Company  exercises  its option to redeem the Notes;  3) the credit rating of the
Notes is  reduced by Moody's  and  Standard  and Poor's to or below both Ba3 and
BB-,  respectively;  or 4) certain specified  corporate  events..  The Company's
closing  share price,  as reported by Nasdaq,  on July 29, 2005 was $39.17.  The
holders of the Senior Notes had the option to require the Company to  repurchase
the Senior  Notes on April 3, 2005.  That  option was not  exercised.  After the
adoption of EITF No.  04-08,  "The Effect of  Contingently  Convertible  Debt on
Diluted  Earnings  Per  Share," in the second  quarter of 2005,  the Company was
required  to include  approximately  4.6 million  shares in its  diluted  shares
outstanding related to its convertible debt. Additionally,  diluted consolidated
net  income  per  share is  calculated  excluding  the  after-tax  interest  and
financing  expenses  associated with the Notes, since these Notes are treated as
if converted  into common  stock  although at the end of 2005 the Notes were not
actually  converted into stock, nor did the  requirements  exist that would have
allowed them to be converted.

     As  mentioned  previously,  the  Company  has a $300,000  Revolving  Credit
Facility,  which expires on February 21, 2008. At July 29, 2005, the Company had
$21,500 outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

     At the beginning of 2005, the Company had 2,892,000  shares remaining under
repurchase  authorizations previously in effect at the end of 2004. During 2005,
the Company's  Board of Directors (the "Board")  authorized the repurchase of up
to an additional 2 million shares of the Company's common stock. The repurchases
are to be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing market prices.
During 2005, the Company completed repurchases of 4,070,919 shares of its common
stock for a net expenditure of $159,328 or  approximately  $39.14 per share. The
Company  presently expects to repurchase the remaining 821,081 shares authorized
during 2006,  although there can be no assurance that such repurchases  actually
will be completed in that period of time. The Company's  principal  criteria for
share  repurchases  are that they be  accretive to net income per share and that
they do not unfavorably  affect the Company's  investment  grade debt rating and
target capital structure.

     During 2005 the Company  received  proceeds of $39,341 from the exercise of
stock  options to acquire  1,921,354  shares of its common stock and tax benefit
upon exercise of stock options of $12,990.

     During the first quarter of 2005, the Board  approved a quarterly  dividend
of $0.12 per common share (an annual equivalent of $0.48 per share), an increase
from a quarterly  dividend  of $0.11  approved  in 2004.  The Company  paid such
dividends  of $0.12 per share  during the second,  third and fourth  quarters of
2005 and the first quarter of 2006.  Additionally,  on September  22, 2005,  the
Board  declared a dividend  of $0.13 per share  payable on  November  8, 2005 to
shareholders  of record on October  14,  2005.  This  dividend  reflects an 8.3%
increase from the previous quarterly dividend.

     The Company estimates that its capital  expenditures  (purchase of property
and  equipment)  for 2006 will be  approximately  $205,000 to $210,000,  most of
which will be related to the  acquisition  of sites and  construction  of 26 new
Cracker Barrel stores and 22-24 new Logan's  restaurants  and openings that will
occur  during  2006,  as well as for  acquisition  and  construction  costs  for
locations to be opened in early 2007.

<PAGE>

     Management  believes that cash at July 29, 2005,  along with cash generated
from the Company's  operating  activities,  stock option exercises and available
borrowings under the Revolving  Credit  Facility,  will be sufficient to finance
its continued  operations,  its remaining share  repurchase  authorization,  its
continued  expansion plans and its dividend  payments  through 2006. At July 29,
2005, the Company had $278,500  available under its Revolving  Credit  Facility.
The Company estimates that net cash provided by operating activities will exceed
cash used for  purchase of property  and  equipment  by $50,000 or more in 2006,
which would make 2006 the sixth consecutive year in which this has happened. The
Company intends to use this excess cash along with proceeds from the exercise of
stock options in 2006 to apply toward  completing  its  remaining  821,081 share
repurchase  authorization,  possible future share repurchase  authorizations and
dividend payments or other general corporate purposes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     Other  than  various  operating  leases,  as  disclosed  more  fully in the
Material  Commitments  section below and Note 10 to the  Company's  Consolidated
Financial  Statements,  the  Company  has no other  material  off-balance  sheet
arrangements.

Material Commitments

     For reporting  purposes,  the schedule of future  minimum  rental  payments
required under operating leases, excluding billboard leases, uses the same lease
term as used in the straight-line  rent calculation.  This term includes certain
future renewal options although the Company is not currently  legally  obligated
for all optional renewal periods.  This method was deemed appropriate under SFAS
No. 13,  "Accounting  for Leases," to be consistent  with the lease term used in
the straight-line  rent calculation,  as described in Note 2 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.

     The Company's  contractual  cash obligations and commitments as of July 29,
2005, are summarized in the tables below:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>              <C>
                                                                                        Payments due by Year
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                            Total           2006         2007-2008      2009-2010      After 2010
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Convertible debt                                           $190,718             --             --              --       $190,718
Revolving credit facility                                    21,500             --        $21,500              --             --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Debt    (a)                                       212,218             --         21,500              --        190,718
Operating lease base term and exercised options -
   excluding billboards (b)                                 449,412        $33,310         66,672         $65,145        284,285
Operating lease renewal periods not yet
   exercised - excluding billboard (c)                      336,836            190            953           2,119        333,574
Operating leases for billboards                              39,404         21,854         17,400             150             --
Trade letters of credit                                       4,343          4,343             --              --             --
Capital leases                                                  402            235            167              --             --
Purchase obligations (d)                                    317,269        274,306         42,803             160             --
Other long-term obligations(e)                               22,820             --            258             194         22,368
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total contractual cash obligations                       $1,382,704       $334,238       $149,753         $67,768       $830,945
=================================================================================================================================

                                                                      Amount of Commitment Expirations by Year
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                            Total           2006         2007-2008      2009-2010      After 2010
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revolving credit facility                                  $300,000             --       $300,000              --             --
Standby letters of credit                                    32,436        $32,436             --              --             --
Guarantees (f)                                                4,134            467            934            $934         $1,799
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total commitments                                          $334,320        $30,653       $300,934            $934         $1,799
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(a)  The  convertible  debt was  issued at a  discount  representing  a yield to
     maturity of 3.00% per annum. The $190,718 balance is the accreted  carrying
     value of the debt at July 29, 2005. The  convertible  debt will continue to
     accrete  at 3.00% per annum  and if held to  maturity  on April 2, 2032 the
     obligation will total $422,050.  The Company had $21,500  outstanding under

<PAGE>

     its  variable  rate  Revolving  Credit  Facility as of July 29,  2005.  The
     Company repaid $11,500 on August 9, 2005 and $10,000 on August 29, 2005. In
     conjunction  with  these  principal  repayments  the  Company  paid  $70 in
     interest.  The Company paid $634 in non-use fees (also known as  commitment
     fees) on the Revolving  Credit Facility during 2005. Based on the Company's
     outstanding  revolver balance of $21,500 at July 29, 2005 and the Company's
     current unused commitment fee as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement,
     the Company's unused  commitment fees in 2006 would be $696;  however,  the
     actual  amount will differ  based on actual usage of the  Revolving  Credit
     Facility in 2006.
(b)  Includes base lease terms and certain  optional  renewal  periods that have
     been  exercised and are included in the lease term in accordance  with SFAS
     No. 13.
(c)  Includes certain optional renewal periods that have not yet been exercised,
     but are included in the lease term for the straight-line  rent calculation,
     since at the  inception  of the lease,  it is  reasonably  assured that the
     Company will exercise those renewal options.
(d)  Purchase  obligations  consist  of  purchase  orders  for food  and  retail
     merchandise;  purchase orders for capital expenditures,  supplies and other
     operating  needs and other services;  and  commitments  under contracts for
     maintenance needs and other services.  We excluded long-term agreements for
     services and operating  needs that can be cancelled  within 60 days without
     penalty. We included long-term  agreements for services and operating needs
     that can be cancelled  with more than 60 days notice  without  penalty only
     through  the term of the  notice.  We  included  long-term  agreements  for
     services and operating  needs that can be cancelled with a penalty  through
     the entire  term of the  contract.  Due to the  uncertainties  of  seasonal
     demands and promotional  calendar  changes,  our best estimate of usage for
     food,  supplies  and other  operating  needs and  services is ratably  over
     either  the  notice  period  or the  remaining  life  of the  contract,  as
     applicable,  unless we had better information available at the time related
     to each contract.
(e)  Other long-term  obligations  include the Company's  Non-Qualified  Savings
     Plan,  Deferred  Compensation  Plan and the FY2005  Mid-Term  Incentive and
     Retention  Plan.  The  obligation  for the  Non-Qualified  Savings  Plan is
     $20,211 (see Note 11 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and Exhibit
     10(f)).  The Company has a corresponding  long-term asset that is available
     to fund the liability. The obligation for the Deferred Compensation Plan is
     $2,399  (see  Exhibit  10(g)).  The  obligation  for  the  FY2005  Mid-Term
     Incentive  and  Retention  Plan is  $210  (see  Note 7 to the  Consolidated
     Financial Statements and Exhibit 10(x)).
(f)  Consists  solely of guarantees  associated  with  properties that have been
     subleased  or  assigned.  The  Company is not aware of any  non-performance
     under these arrangements that would result in the Company having to perform
     in accordance with the terms of those guarantees.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     The Company  prepares its Consolidated  Financial  Statements in conformity
with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to
make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements,  and the  reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period (see Note 2 to the Company's  Consolidated Financial
Statements).   Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Critical
accounting  policies are those that management  believes are both most important
to the portrayal of the Company's financial condition and operating results, and
require management's most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a
result of the need to make  estimates  about  the  effect  of  matters  that are
inherently uncertain.  The Company bases its estimates on historical experience,
outside  advice  from  parties  believed to be experts in such  matters,  and on
various  other  assumptions  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the
circumstances,  the results of which form the basis for making  judgments  about
the carrying value of assets and liabilities  that are not readily apparent from
other sources.  Judgments and  uncertainties  affecting the application of those
policies  may  result in  materially  different  amounts  being  reported  under
different conditions or using different  assumptions.  The Company considers the
following  policies to be most critical in understanding  the judgments that are
involved in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Provision for Asset Dispositions

     The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or
changes  in   circumstances   indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be
recoverable.  Recoverability  of assets is measured by  comparing  the  carrying
value  of the  asset  to the  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  expected  to be
generated by the asset.  If the total  expected  future cash flows are less than
the carrying  amount of the asset,  the  carrying  amount is written down to the
estimated fair value of an asset to be held and used or over the fair value, net
of  estimated  costs of  disposal,  of an asset to be  disposed  of,  and a loss
resulting from  impairment is recognized by a charge to income.  Expected future
cash flows are based on planning estimates used for the Company's related assets
in general and/or plans and objectives established for the asset and responsible
management specifically.  Judgments and estimates made by the Company related to
the expected  useful lives of long-lived  assets are affected by factors such as
changes in economic  conditions  and changes in  operating  performance.  As the
Company  assesses the ongoing  expected  cash flows and carrying  amounts of its
long-lived  assets,  these factors could cause the Company to realize a material

<PAGE>

impairment charge. During the third quarter of 2005, the Company determined
that an  impairment  existed  with  respect to a Cracker  Barrel  store that was
approved to relocate to a stronger site in the same market and recorded a charge
of $431.  From time to time the  Company  has decided to exit from or dispose of
certain  operating  units.  Typically such decisions are made based on operating
performance or strategic considerations and must be made before the actual costs
of proceeds of  disposition  are known,  and  management  must make estimates of
these outcomes. Such outcomes could include the sale of a property or leasehold,
mitigating  costs  through a tenant or subtenant,  or  negotiating a buyout of a
remaining lease term. In these instances management evaluates possible outcomes,
frequently  using  outside  real  estate and legal  advice,  and  records in the
financial statements provisions for the effect of such outcomes. The accuracy of
such  provisions can vary  materially  from original  estimates,  and management
regularly  monitors  the  adequacy of the  provisions  until  final  disposition
occurs. In addition, at least annually,  the Company assesses the recoverability
of goodwill  and other  intangible  assets.  The  impairment  tests  require the
Company to estimate fair values of its restaurant concepts by making assumptions
regarding future cash flows and other factors. This valuation may reflect, among
other  things,  such  external  factors as capital  market  valuation for public
companies  comparable to the operating unit. If these assumptions  change in the
future,  or if operating  performance  declines,  the Company may be required to
record impairment charges for these assets and such charges could be material.

Insurance Reserves

     The Company self-insures a significant portion of expected losses under its
workers'  compensation,  general  liability and health insurance  programs.  The
Company has purchased  insurance for individual claims that exceed $500 for 2003
and to $1,000  for  certain  coverages  for 2004,  2005 and going  forward.  The
Company has decided not to purchase such  insurance for its primary group health
program, but its offered benefits are limited to not more than $1,000 during the
lifetime of any employee  (including  dependents)  in the  program.  The Company
records a liability  for workers'  compensation  and general  liability  for all
unresolved claims and for an actuarially determined estimate of incurred but not
reported  claims at the  anticipated  cost to the  Company  as of the end of the
Company's  third quarter and adjusting it by the actuarially  determined  losses
and actual claims payments for the fourth  quarter.  The reserves and losses are
determined  actuarially from a range of possible  outcomes within which no given
estimate is more likely than any other estimate.  In accordance with SFAS No. 5,
"Accounting for Contingencies," the Company records the losses at the low end of
that range and discounts  them to present value using a risk-free  interest rate
based on  actuarially  projected  timing  of  payments.  The  Company  records a
liability  for its group health  program for all unpaid  claims based  primarily
upon a loss development analysis derived from actual group health claims payment
experience  provided by the Company's third party  administrator.  The Company's
accounting  policies  regarding  insurance  reserves  include certain  actuarial
assumptions or management judgments regarding economic conditions, the frequency
and severity of claims and claim development  history and settlement  practices.
Changes in these factors in the future may produce materially  different amounts
of expense that would be reported under these insurance programs.

Tax Provision

     The Company must make  estimates of certain  items that comprise its income
tax provision.  These estimates  include  employer tax credits for items such as
FICA taxes paid on employee  tip income,  Work  Opportunity  and Welfare to Work
credits, as well as estimates related to certain depreciation and capitalization
policies.  These  estimates are made based on the best available  information at
the time of the  provision  and  historical  experience.  The Company  files its
income tax returns many months after its year end.  These returns are subject to
audit by various federal and state governments years after the returns are filed
and could be subject to differing  interpretations  of the tax laws. The Company
then must assess the  likelihood  of  successful  legal  proceedings  or reach a
settlement,  either  of  which  could  result  in  material  adjustments  to the
Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and its  consolidated  financial
position.

Unredeemed Gift Cards and Certificates

     Unredeemed gift cards and certificates represent a liability of the Company
related to unearned income and are recorded at their expected  redemption value.
The  Company  makes  estimates  of  the  ultimate   unredeemed  gift  cards  and
certificates  in the period of the  original  sale for those  states that exempt
gift cards and certificates  from their escheat laws and in the period that gift
cards and  certificates  are  remitted to the state for other states and reduces
its liability and records  revenue  accordingly.  These estimates are determined
based on  redemption  history  and  trends.  Changes in  redemption  behavior or
management's  judgments  regarding  redemption  trends in the future may produce
materially  different amounts of deferred revenue to be reported.  If gift cards
and  certificates  that have been removed from the liability are later redeemed,
the Company  recognizes  revenue and reduces the  liability as it would with any
redemption.  Additionally,  the  initial  reduction  to the  liability  would be
reversed to offset the redemption. If gift cards and certificates that have been

<PAGE>

remitted to a state are later redeemed,  the Company will request the previously
remitted  cash back from the state.  At that time the Company will  increase its
liability for gift cards and  certificates  to offset the reduction to this same
liability when the card was redeemed.

Legal Proceedings

     In  addition  to the  litigation  discussed  in  Note  10 to the  Company's
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in the Annual  Report,  the Company and its
subsidiaries  are  parties  to  other  legal  proceedings  incidental  to  their
business.  In the  opinion  of  management,  based  upon  information  currently
available,  the ultimate  liability with respect to these other actions will not
materially affect the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.







<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>                      <C>
CBRL GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                (In thousands except share data)
ASSETS                                                                          July 29,                 July 30,
                                                                                  2005                     2004
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                $17,173                $ 28,775
Receivables                                                                               13,736                   9,802
Inventories                                                                              142,804                 141,820
Prepaid expenses                                                                           7,238                   8,369
Deferred income taxes                                                                      9,532                  14,274
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                                     190,483                 203,040
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Property and Equipment:
Land                                                                                     328,362                 298,233
Buildings and improvements                                                               709,730                 662,682
Buildings under capital leases                                                             3,289                   3,289
Restaurant and other equipment                                                           359,533                 315,512
Leasehold improvements                                                                   228,859                 193,859
Construction in progress                                                                  34,275                  28,739
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                                  1,664,048               1,502,314
Less: Accumulated depreciation and
      amortization of capital leases                                                     445,750                 383,741
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property and equipment - net                                                           1,218,298               1,118,573
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goodwill                                                                                  93,724                  93,724
Other Assets                                                                              30,767                  20,367
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                                 $1,533,272              $1,435,704
=========================================================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable                                                                        $ 97,710                $ 53,295
Current maturities of long-term debt
    and other long-term obligations                                                          210                     189
Taxes withheld and accrued                                                                36,396                  34,539
Income taxes payable                                                                      22,211                  18,571
Accrued employee compensation                                                             49,283                  49,466
Accrued employee benefits                                                                 43,631                  39,290
Deferred revenues                                                                         20,818                  19,347
Other accrued expenses                                                                    25,086                  27,538
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                                                295,345                 242,235
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Debt                                                                           212,218                 185,138
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Long-term Obligations                                                               48,411                  36,225
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Income Taxes                                                                    107,310                  98,770
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)
Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred stock - 100,000,000 shares of
    $.01 par value authorized; no shares
    issued                                                                                    --                      --
Common stock - 400,000,000 shares of $.01
    par value authorized; 2005 - 46,619,803
    shares issued and outstanding; 2004 -
    48,769,368 shares issued and outstanding                                                 466                     488
Additional paid-in capital                                                                    --                  13,982
Retained earnings                                                                        869,522                 858,866
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity                                                               869,988                 873,336
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                                 $1,533,272              $1,435,704
=========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>                        <C>                      <C>
CBRL GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (In thousands except share data)
                                                                               Fiscal years ended
                                                         July 29,                    July 30,                  August 1,
                                                           2005                        2004                       2003
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total revenue                                                  $2,567,548                 $2,380,947               $2,198,182
Cost of goods sold                                                847,045                    785,703                  703,915
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                                                    1,720,503                  1,595,244                1,494,267
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Labor & other related expenses                                    939,849                    880,617                  819,957
Other store operating expenses                                    447,506                    405,139                  380,534
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Store operating income                                            333,148                    309,488                  293,776
General and administrative                                        130,986                    126,501                  121,898
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                                  202,162                    182,987                  171,878
Interest expense                                                    8,693                      8,444                    8,892
Interest income                                                        96                          5                       73
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                                        193,565                    174,548                  163,059
Provision for income taxes                                         66,925                     62,663                   57,951
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                      $ 126,640                  $ 111,885                $ 105,108
==============================================================================================================================
Net income per share - basic                                    $    2.65                  $    2.29                $    2.13
==============================================================================================================================
Net income per share - diluted                                  $    2.45                  $    2.12                $    1.97
==============================================================================================================================
Basic weighted average shares
outstanding                                                    47,791,317                 48,877,306               49,274,373
==============================================================================================================================
Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding                                                    53,382,007                 54,952,633               55,581,127
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>              <C>
CBRL GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           (In thousands except share data)
                                                                                      Additional                  Total
                                                                 Common Stock          Paid-In    Retained     Shareholders'
                                                              Shares       Amount      Capital    Earnings        Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at August 2, 2002                                   50,272,459      $503           --    $778,378         $778,881
   Cash dividends declared - $.02 per share                          --        --           --     (1,043)          (1,043)
   Exercise of stock awards                                   2,938,783        29      $59,620          --           59,649
   Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock options               --        --       13,399          --           13,399
   Purchases and retirement of common stock                 (5,338,700)      (53)     (73,019)    (93,560)        (166,632)
   Net income                                                        --        --           --     105,108          105,108
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at August 1, 2003                                   47,872,542       479           --     788,883          789,362
   Cash dividends declared - $.33 per share                          --        --           --    (21,556)         (21,556)
   Exercise of stock awards                                   2,666,126        27       50,183          --           50,210
   Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock options               --        --       12,641          --           12,641
   Purchases and retirement of common stock                 (1,769,300)      (18)     (48,842)    (20,346)         (69,206)
   Net income                                                        --        --           --     111,885          111,885
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at July 30, 2004                                    48,769,368       488       13,982     858,866          873,336
   Cash dividends declared - $.48 per share                                    --           --    (22,991)         (22,991)
   Exercise of stock awards                                   1,921,354        19       39,322          --           39,341
   Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock options               --        --       12,990          --           12,990
   Purchases and retirement of common stock                 (4,070,919)      (41)     (66,294)    (92,993)        (159,328)
   Net income                                                        --        --           --     126,640          126,640
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at July 29, 2005                                    46,619,803      $466       $   --    $869,522         $869,988
================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>                      <C>                     <C>
CBRL GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    (In thousands)
                                                                                  Fiscal years ended
                                                              July 29,                 July 30,                 August 1,
                                                                2005                     2004                     2003
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                          $126,640                 $111,885                 $105,108
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                                     67,321                   63,868                   64,376
      Loss on disposition of property and
        equipment                                                        3,654                    3,334                      903
      Impairment                                                           431                       --                       --
      Accretion on zero-coupon contingently
        convertible senior notes                                         5,579                    5,408                    5,254
      Tax benefits realized upon exercise of
        stock options                                                   12,990                   12,641                   13,399
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Receivables                                                       (3,934)                    (652)                    (691)
      Inventories                                                         (984)                  (5,800)                 (11,327)
      Prepaid expenses                                                   1,131                      563                    2,792
      Other assets                                                     (11,465)                  (4,863)                  (3,136)
      Accounts payable                                                  44,415                  (28,877)                   8,366
      Taxes withheld and accrued                                         1,857                    2,436                    3,422
      Income taxes payable                                               3,640                   10,394                   (7,349)
      Accrued employee compensation                                       (183)                    (687)                   6,691
      Accrued employee benefits                                          4,341                      508                    5,361
      Deferred revenues                                                  1,471                    3,712                    2,673
      Other accrued expenses                                            (2,679)                   6,356                      928
      Other long-term obligations                                       12,396                    5,755                    4,562
      Deferred income taxes                                             13,282                   14,384                   39,254
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash provided by operating activities                            279,903                  200,365                  240,586
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment                                  (171,447)                (144,611)                (120,921)
  Proceeds from sale of property and
    equipment                                                            1,381                      945                    1,968
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash used in investing activities                               (170,066)                (143,666)                (118,953)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                             609,700                  150,000                  353,200
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options                               39,341                   50,210                   59,649
  Principal payments under long-term debt
    and other long-term obligations                                   (588,388)                (157,125)                (366,287)
  Purchases and retirement of common stock                            (159,328)                 (69,206)                (166,632)
  Dividends on common stock                                            (22,764)                 (16,191)                  (1,043)
  Other                                                                     --                       (1)                  (1,205)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash used in financing activities                               (121,439)                 (42,313)                (122,318)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                 (11,602)                  14,386                     (685)
  Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                          28,775                   14,389                   15,074
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                               $17,173                  $28,775                  $14,389
=================================================================================================================================

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest, net of amounts capitalized                               $ 1,178                  $ 1,108                  $ 1,604
    Income taxes                                                        37,848                   26,501                   15,229
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>

CBRL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands except share data)

1. Description of the Business

     CBRL  Group,  Inc.  and its  affiliates  (collectively,  in the Notes,  the
"Company")  are  principally  engaged in the  operation and  development  in the
United  States of the Cracker  Barrel Old Country  Store(R)  ("Cracker  Barrel")
restaurant  and  retail  concept  and  the  Logan's   Roadhouse(R)   ("Logan's")
restaurant concept.

2. Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

     GAAP  -  The  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have  been
prepared in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles in the
United States ("GAAP").

     Fiscal year - The  Company's  fiscal year ends on the Friday  nearest  July
31st and each  quarter  consists  of  thirteen  weeks  unless  noted  otherwise.
References in these Notes to a year or quarter are to the Company's  fiscal year
or quarter unless noted otherwise.

     Principles of consolidation - The Consolidated Financial Statements include
the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned.
All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

     Financial  instruments  - The fair  values  of cash  and cash  equivalents,
accounts receivable, and accounts payable as of July 29, 2005, approximate their
carrying amounts due to their short duration.  The carrying value and fair value
of the Company's zero-coupon  contingently convertible senior notes (the "Senior
Notes")  in  long-term  debt  at July  29,  2005  were  $190,718  and  $202,584,
respectively. The fair value of the Senior Notes in long-term debt is determined
based on market  prices  using the  average of the bid and ask prices as of July
29, 2005.

     The Company  adopted  Emerging  Issues Task Force  ("EITF") No. 04-8,  "The
Effect of Contingently  Convertible  Debt on Diluted  Earnings Per Share" ("EITF
04-8") issued by the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB"),  in the
second quarter of 2005. EITF 04-8 requires the use of "if-converted"  accounting
for  contingently  convertible  debt  regardless  of whether  the  contingencies
allowing  debt holders to convert  have been met.  EITF 04-8 was  effective  for
reporting  periods  ending  after  December  15, 2004 and  required  retroactive
restatement of prior period diluted net income per share,  which  restatement is
reflected for  historical  periods  included  herein.  The adoption of EITF 04-8
resulted  in the  Company's  Senior  Notes (see Note 4 for the impact on the net
income per share calculation and Note 5 for a description of these Senior Notes)
representing a dilutive security and requiring  approximately 4.6 million shares
to  be  included  in  diluted  weighted  average  shares   outstanding  for  the
calculation of diluted net income per share. Additionally,  diluted consolidated
net  income  per  share is  calculated  excluding  the  after-tax  interest  and
financing expenses associated with the Senior Notes since these Senior Notes are
treated as if converted into common stock. The change in accounting affects only
the  calculation  of diluted  net  income  per  share,  and has no effect on the
financial statements themselves or on the terms of the Senior Notes.

     Cash and cash  equivalents - The Company's policy is to consider all highly
liquid  investments  purchased with an original maturity of three months or less
to be cash equivalents.

     Inventories - Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost
of restaurant inventory is determined by the first-in,  first-out (FIFO) method.
Approximately  70% of retail  inventories are valued using the retail  inventory
method and the remaining 30% are valued using an average cost method.  Valuation
provisions  are  included  for  retail  inventory   obsolescence,   returns  and
amortization of certain items.

     Store  pre-opening  costs - Start-up costs of a new store are expensed when
incurred,  with the exception of rent expense under operating  leases,  in which
the straight-line rent includes the pre-opening period during  construction,  as
explained  further  under  the  Operating  Lease  Section  of this Note 2 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

     Property and  equipment - Property and  equipment  are stated at cost.  For
financial reporting purposes,  depreciation and amortization on these assets are
computed by use of the straight-line and  double-declining  balance methods over
the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  respective  assets,  as  follows:  Years

                                                                         Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buildings and improvements                                               30-45
Buildings under capital leases                                           15-25
<PAGE>

Restaurant and other equipment                                            2-10
Leasehold improvements                                                    1-35
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Depreciation  expense was $66,687,  $62,304 and $62,552 for 2005,  2004 and
2003,  respectively.  Accelerated  depreciation  methods are generally  used for
income tax purposes.

     Capitalized  interest  was  $870,  $615 and $463 for  2005,  2004 and 2003,
respectively.

     Gain or loss is recognized upon disposal of property and equipment, and the
asset and related accumulated  depreciation and amortization amounts are removed
from the accounts.

     Maintenance  and repairs,  including the  replacement  of minor items,  are
charged  to  expense,   and  major  additions  to  property  and  equipment  are
capitalized.

     Impairment  of  long-lived  assets - The  Company  evaluates  for  possible
impairment of long-lived assets and certain identifiable  intangibles to be held
and used in the business  whenever events or changes in  circumstances  indicate
that the carrying  amount of an asset may not be  recoverable.  An impairment is
determined by comparing  estimated  undiscounted  future operating cash flows to
the carrying amounts of assets on a location by location basis. If an impairment
exists,  the  amount  of  impairment  is  measured  as the sum of the  estimated
discounted  future operating cash flows of such asset and the expected  proceeds
upon sale of the asset less its carrying amount. If applicable,  assets held for
sale are  reported at the lower of  carrying  amount or fair value less costs to
sell.  During  the  third  quarter  of  2005,  the  Company  determined  that an
impairment  existed with respect to a Cracker  Barrel store that was approved to
relocate to a stronger  site in the same market and recorded a charge of $431 in
other store operating expenses.

     Operating  leases - The Company has ground  leases and office  space leases
that are recorded as operating  leases.  Most of the leases have rent escalation
clauses and some have rent holiday and contingent rent provisions. In accordance
with FASB Technical Bulletin ("FTB") No. 85-3,  "Accounting for Operating Leases
with  Scheduled  Rent  Increases,"  the  liabilities   under  these  leases  are
recognized on the straight-line  basis over the shorter of the useful life, with
a maximum of 35 years,  or the related lease life. The Company uses a lease life
that generally  begins on the date that the Company  becomes  legally  obligated
under the lease,  including the pre-opening period during construction,  when in
many cases the  Company is not  making  rent  payments,  and  generally  extends
through  certain of the renewal  periods that can be exercised at the  Company's
option,  for which at the inception of the lease, it is reasonably  assured that
the Company will exercise those renewal options.

     Certain leases  provide for rent holidays,  which are included in the lease
life used for the  straight-line  rent  calculation  in accordance  with FTB No.
88-1,  "Issues  Relating to Accounting  for Leases." Rent expense and an accrued
rent liability are recorded  during the rent holiday  periods,  during which the
Company has  possession  of and access to the  property,  but is not required or
obligated to, and normally does not, make rent payments.

     Certain  leases  provide for  contingent  rent,  which is  determined  as a
percentage of gross sales in excess of specified  levels.  The Company records a
contingent  rent liability and  corresponding  rent expense when sales have been
achieved in amounts in excess of the specified levels.

     The same lease life is used for reporting future minimum lease  commitments
as is used for the straight-line rent calculation. The Company uses a lease life
that extends through certain of the renewal periods that can be exercised at the
Company's option.

     Advertising - The Company  expenses the costs of producing  advertising the
first time the advertising  takes place.  Net  advertising  expense was $44,409,
$38,442 and $39,782 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     Insurance  - The Company  self-insures  a  significant  portion of expected
losses under its workers'  compensation,  general liability and health insurance
programs.  The Company has purchased insurance for individual claims that exceed
$500 for 2003 and $1,000 for certain coverages for 2004, 2005 and going forward.
The Company has decided not to purchase  such  insurance  for its primary  group
health  program,  but its offered  benefits  are limited to not more than $1,000
during the lifetime of any employee (including  dependents) in the program.  The
Company records a liability for workers'  compensation and general liability for
all unresolved claims and for an actuarially determined estimate of incurred but
not reported claims at the anticipated  cost to the Company as of the end of the
Company's  third quarter and adjusting it by the actuarially  determined  losses
and actual claims payments for the fourth  quarter.  The reserves and losses are
determined  actuarially from a range of possible  outcomes within which no given
estimate is more likely than any other estimate. In accordance with Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies,"

<PAGE>

the Company  records the losses at the low end of that range and discounts  them
to present value using a risk-free interest rate based on actuarially  projected
timing of payments. The Company records a liability for its group health program
for all unpaid claims based primarily upon a loss  development  analysis derived
from actual group health  claims  payment  experience  provided by the Company's
third party administrator. The Company's accounting policies regarding insurance
reserves include certain actuarial assumptions or management judgments regarding
economic conditions,  the frequency and severity of claims and claim development
history and  settlement  practices.  Unanticipated  changes in these factors may
produce materially different amounts of expense.

     Goodwill  --  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of the  cost  over the net
tangible and identifiable  intangible  assets from the acquisition of Logan's in
1999.  Effective  August 4, 2001, the Company elected early adoption of SFAS No.
142,  "Goodwill  and Other  Intangible  Assets."  SFAS No.  142  eliminated  the
amortization  for goodwill and other  intangible  assets with indefinite  lives.
Intangible  assets with lives  restricted by contractual,  legal, or other means
will  continue to be  amortized  over their  useful  lives.  Goodwill  and other
intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested for impairment annually
or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset
might be  impaired.  SFAS No.  142  requires  a  two-step  process  for  testing
impairment.  First,  the fair value of each  reporting  unit is  compared to its
carrying  value to determine  whether an indication of impairment  exists.  This
valuation  may reflect,  among other things,  such  external  factors as capital
market  valuation for public  companies  comparable to the operating unit. If an
impairment  is indicated,  then the implied fair value of the  reporting  unit's
goodwill is  determined  by  allocating  the unit's fair value to its assets and
liabilities  (including any unrecognized  intangible assets) as if the reporting
unit had been acquired in a business  combination.  The amount of impairment for
goodwill and other  intangible  assets is measured as the excess of its carrying
value over its implied fair value. The Company conducted the initial test of the
carrying value of its goodwill,  as required by SFAS No. 142,  during the second
quarter of 2002 and concluded that there was no current indication of impairment
to goodwill. The Company performed its annual assessment with assistance from an
outside  valuation  specialist  in the  second  quarters  of 2004 and 2005,  and
concluded  that there was no  current  indication  of  impairment.  This  annual
assessment  is performed in the second  quarter of each year.  Additionally,  an
assessment  is  performed  between  annual  assessments  if an event  occurs  or
circumstances  change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a
reporting unit below its carrying amount.

     Revenue recognition - The Company records revenue from the sale of products
as they are sold.  The Company  provides for  estimated  returns based on return
history and sales levels. Initial fees received from a franchisee to establish a
new franchise are recognized as income when the Company has performed all of its
obligations  required  to assist  the  franchisee  in  opening  a new  franchise
restaurant,  which is generally upon the opening of that restaurant.  Continuing
royalties,  which are a percentage of net sales of franchised  restaurants,  are
accrued as income when earned.

     Unredeemed  Gift  Cards  and  Certificates  -  Unredeemed  gift  cards  and
certificates represent a liability of the Company related to unearned income and
are  recorded  at  their  expected   redemption   value.  When  gift  cards  and
certificates  are  redeemed,  the  Company  recognizes  revenue  and reduces the
liability.  For those states that exempt gift cards and certificates under their
escheat laws, in the quarter of the gift card and certificate  sale, the Company
estimates the percentage of the ultimate  unredeemed gift cards and certificates
sold that quarter and reduces its liability and records revenue accordingly. The
Company does not reduce its liability for unredeemed gift cards and certificates
that will  eventually be remitted to the states under their escheat laws,  until
such time the gift cards and  certificates  are remitted to the state. For those
states the Company estimates the ultimate unredeemed gift cards and certificates
of the remaining  balances and reduces its liability by the actual cash remitted
to the  state,  which is less  than the  remaining  due to  administrative  fees
permitted to be deducted by the state, and the amount of the ultimate unredeemed
gift cards and certificates, which are recorded as revenue.

     Income  taxes - Employer  tax credits  for FICA taxes paid on employee  tip
income are  accounted  for by the  flow-through  method.  Deferred  income taxes
reflect  the net tax  effects of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying
amounts of assets and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and the
amounts used for income tax purposes (see Note 8).

     Net income per share - Basic  consolidated net income per share is computed
by dividing  consolidated  net income by the weighted  average  number of common
shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted consolidated net income per
share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities, options or
other  contracts to issue common stock were  exercised or converted  into common
stock.  Additionally,  diluted  consolidated  net income per share is calculated
excluding the  after-tax  interest and financing  expenses  associated  with the
Senior Notes since these  Senior  Notes are treated as if converted  into common
stock  (see Note 5).  The  Company's  Senior  Notes,  outstanding  employee  and
director stock options and restricted stock issued by the Company  represent the
only dilutive effects on diluted net income per share.

<PAGE>

     Comprehensive  income -  Comprehensive  income is  defined as the change in
equity of a business  enterprise  during a period  from  transactions  and other
events and circumstances from non-owner sources.  Comprehensive income for 2005,
2004 and 2003 is equal to net income as reported.

     Stock-based  compensation  - The  Company  accounts  for  its  stock  based
compensation  under the  recognition  and  measurement  principles of Accounting
Principles  Board  ("APB")  Opinion  No.  25,  "Accounting  for Stock  Issued to
Employees,"  and related  interpretations,  and has adopted the  disclosure-only
provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," (see Note
6) and below is providing  disclosures required by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for
Stock-Based  Compensation-Transition  and Disclosure." Under APB Opinion No. 25,
no stock-based  compensation cost is reflected in net income for grants of stock
options to employees  because the Company  grants stock options with an exercise
price equal to the market value of the stock on the date of grant.  The reported
stock-based  compensation  expense,  net of related  tax  effects,  in the table
represents  the  amortization  of  restricted  stock  grants to three  executive
officers of the Company.

     Had the Company used the alternative fair value based accounting method for
stock  compensation  expense  prescribed by SFAS Nos. 123 and 148, the Company's
net  income and  earnings  per share for the past  three  years  would have been
reduced to the pro-forma amounts illustrated in the following table:
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
                                                                     2005                   2004                  2003
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income - as reported                                           $126,640              $111,885            $105,108
Add:  Total stock-based employee compensation
      included in reported net income, net of related tax
      effects                                                            76                    74                 298
Deduct:  Total stock-based compensation expense
      determined under fair-value based method for all
      awards, net of tax effects                                     (8,875)              (10,900)            (11,496)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro forma, net income                                              $117,841              $101,059            $ 93,910
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income per share:
Basic - as reported                                                   $2.65                 $2.29               $2.13
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic - pro forma                                                     $2.47                 $2.07               $1.91
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Diluted - as reported                                                 $2.45                 $2.12               $1.97
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted - pro forma                                                   $2.29                 $1.92               $1.77
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Segment Reporting - The Company accounts for its segment in accordance with
SFAS  No.  131,   "Disclosure  About  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related
Information."  SFAS No. 131 requires  that a public  company  report  annual and
interim  financial and descriptive  information  about its reportable  operating
segments.  Operating segments, as defined, are components of an enterprise about
which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by
the chief operating  decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in
assessing  performance.  SFAS No. 131 allows  aggregation  of similar  operating
segments  into a single  operating  segment  if the  businesses  are  considered
similar  under  the  criteria  established  by SFAS  No.  131.  Utilizing  these
criteria,  the  Company  manages  its  business  on the basis of one  reportable
operating segment (see Note 9).

     Derivative  instruments  and hedging  activities - The Company adopted SFAS
No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," in 2000
and its  subsequent  amendments,  SFAS  Nos.  137,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  - Deferral of the  Effective  Date of FASB
Statement No. 133," and 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative  Instruments and
Certain Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133," in 2001 and
SFAS No. 149, "Amendments of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities,"  in the fourth  quarter of 2003.  These  statements  specify how to
report and display derivative  instruments and hedging activities.  The adoption
of these statements did not have a material effect on the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements.  During 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company had no derivative
financial instruments that required fair value accounting treatment.

     The Company is exposed to market  risk,  such as changes in interest  rates
and commodity prices. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures,  the
Company nets the exposures on a consolidated  basis to take advantage of natural
offsets. The Company does not hold or use derivative  financial  instruments for
trading purposes.  The Company's  historical practice has been not to enter into
derivative financial instruments.

     The Company's  policy has been to manage interest cost using a mix of fixed
and variable rate debt (see Notes 5, 10 and 12).

<PAGE>

     Many  of the  food  products  purchased  by the  Company  are  affected  by
commodity  pricing and are,  therefore,  subject to price  volatility  caused by
weather,  production problems, delivery difficulties and other factors which are
outside the control of the Company and generally are  unpredictable.  Changes in
commodity  prices would affect the Company and its  competitors  generally  and,
depending on terms and duration of supply contracts,  sometimes  simultaneously.
In many cases, the Company believes it will be able to pass through some or much
of increased  commodity costs by adjusting its menu pricing.  From time to time,
competitive  circumstances  or  judgments  about  consumer  acceptance  of price
increases  may  limit  menu  price  flexibility,  and  in  those  circumstances,
increases in commodity prices can result in lower margins for the Company.

     Use of estimates - Management of the Company has made certain estimates and
assumptions  relating  to the  reporting  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the
disclosure of contingent  liabilities at the date of the Consolidated  Financial
Statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting  periods  to  prepare  these  Consolidated   Financial  Statements  in
conformity with GAAP. Management believes that such estimates have been based on
reasonable  and  supportable  assumptions  and that the resulting  estimates are
reasonable for use in the preparation of the Consolidated  Financial Statements.
Actual results, however, could differ from those estimates.

     Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements  Not Yet Adopted - In December 2004, the
FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS No. 123R").
SFAS No. 123R replaces SFAS No. 123 and  supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS No.
123R requires that the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity
instruments  issued or  liabilities  incurred are  recognized  in the  financial
statements.  Compensation  cost will be measured using a fair-value based method
over the period that the employee provides service in exchange for the award. As
disclosed above, based on the current assumptions and calculations used, had the
Company  recognized  compensation  expense  based on the fair value of awards of
equity instruments,  net income would have been reduced by approximately  $8,799
for the year ended July 29, 2005. This compensation expense is the after-tax net
of the stock-based  compensation  expense  determined under the fair-value based
method for all awards and stock-based employee  compensation included previously
in reported net income under APB No. 25. This statement will apply to all awards
granted  after  the  effective  date  and  to   modifications,   repurchases  or
cancellations of existing awards. SFAS No. 123R is effective as of the beginning
of the first  annual  reporting  period  that  begins  after  June 15,  2005 and
therefore  the  Company  will  adopt in its  first  quarter  of 2006.  Partly in
anticipation  of  these  new  accounting   rules,   the  Company   modified  its
compensation plans to limit eligibility to receive share-based  compensation and
shifted a portion of share-based  compensation primarily to cash-based incentive
compensation.  We expect the 2006 impact of the adoption of SFAS 123(R) combined
with the modifications to the Company's  compensation  plans to be approximately
$0.14 to $0.16  per  diluted  share.  The  effect  of  future  awards  will vary
depending on timing, amount and valuation methods used for such awards, the past
awards  are not  necessarily  indicative  of future  awards.  SFAS  123(R)  also
requires the benefits of tax  deductions  in excess of  recognized  compensation
cost to be reported as a financing  cash flow,  rather than as an operating cash
flow as  required  under the current  rules.  This  requirement  will reduce net
operating  cash flow and reduce net  financing  cash outflow by  offsetting  and
equal amounts.

     In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151,  "Inventory  Costs, an
amendment of ARB No. 43,  Chapter 4" ("SFAS No.  151").  SFAS No. 151  clarifies
that abnormal  inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities,  excess freight
and  handling  costs,  and  wasted  materials  (spoilage)  are  required  to  be
recognized  as current  period  charges  and  require  the  allocation  of fixed
production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production
facilities.  The  provisions of SFAS No. 151 are  effective for inventory  costs
incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not
expect the adoption of SFAS No. 151 to have a material  impact on the  Company's
consolidated results of operations or financial position.

     In May 2005,  the FASB issued  Statement No. 154,  "Accounting  Changes and
Error Corrections-a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3."
This  Statement is effective for  accounting  changes and  corrections of errors
made in fiscal  years  beginning  after  December 15,  2005.  Early  adoption is
permitted for accounting  changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years
beginning  after the date this  Statement was issued.  This  Statement  does not
change the  transition  provisions  of any existing  accounting  pronouncements,
including those that are in a transition  phase as of the effective date of this
Statement.

3.  Inventories

     Inventories were composed of the following at:

                                         July 29,                  July 30,
                                           2005                      2004
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Retail                                    $101,604                  $104,148

<PAGE>

Restaurant                                  21,588                    19,800
Supplies                                    19,612                    17,872
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                     $142,804                  $141,820
================================================================================

4. Consolidated Net Income Per Share and Weighted Average Shares

     Basic   consolidated   net  income  per  share  is   computed  by  dividing
consolidated  net  income  by the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares
outstanding for the reporting period.  Diluted consolidated net income per share
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities, options or other
contracts to issue common stock were  exercised or converted  into common stock.
Additionally,  diluted consolidated net income per share is calculated excluding
the after-tax interest and financing  expenses  associated with the Senior Notes
(as  described  in Notes 2 and 5) since  these  Senior  Notes are  treated as if
converted into common stock. The Senior Notes, outstanding employee and director
stock  options and  restricted  stock issued by the Company  represent  the only
dilutive effects on diluted net income per share. The following table reconciles
the components of the diluted net income per share computations:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>                     <C>                   <C>
                                                            July 29,               July 30,               August 1,
                                                              2005                   2004                   2003
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income per share numerator:
    Net income                                                 $126,640               $111,885              $105,108
    Add:  Interest and loan acquisition costs
          associated with Senior Notes, net of
          related tax effects                                     4,330                  4,485                 4,408
                                                               --------               --------              --------
     Net income available to common
          shareholders                                         $130,970               $116,370              $109,516
                                                               ========               ========              ========

Net income per share denominator:
     Weighted average shares outstanding for
          basic net income per share                         47,791,317             48,877,306             49,274,373
     Add potential dilution:
          Senior Notes                                        4,582,788              4,582,788              4,582,788
          Stock options and restricted stock                  1,007,902              1,492,539              1,723,966
                                                            -----------            -----------             ----------
     Weighted average shares outstanding for
          diluted net income per share                       53,382,007             54,952,633             55,581,127
==========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

5.  Debt

     Long-term debt consisted of the following at:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>                   <C>
                                                                                   July 29,               July 30,
                                                                                     2005                   2004
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$300,000 Revolving Credit Facility
   payable on or before February 21, 2008
   (interest rate ranges from 4.73% to 6.25% at July 29, 2005)                    $ 21,500              $   --
3.0% Zero-Coupon Contingently
   Convertible Senior Notes payable on
   or before April 2, 2032                                                         190,718               185,138
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt                                                                    $212,218              $185,138
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     At July 29, 2005, the Company had $21,500 outstanding  borrowings under the
Revolving  Credit  Facility,  which bears interest,  at the Company's  election,
either at a lender's prime rate or a percentage point spread from LIBOR based on
certain financial ratios set forth in the loan agreement.  At July 29, 2005, the
Company's  percentage point spread from LIBOR was 1.25% and will remain the same
for the first quarter of 2006.  The  percentage  point spread from LIBOR for the
second, third and fourth quarters of 2006 remains to be determined.

     The financial  covenants  related to the Revolving  Credit Facility require
that the  Company  maintain  an  interest  coverage  ratio  (as  defined  in the
Revolving  Credit Facility) of 2.5 to 1.0, a lease adjusted funded debt to total
capitalization ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) not to exceed
0.5 to 1.0 and a lease adjusted funded debt to EBITDAR (earnings before interest
expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and rent expense) ratio (as
defined in the Revolving  Credit Facility) not to exceed 3.0 to 1.0. At July 29,
2005, the Company was in compliance with all of those covenants.

<PAGE>

     In 2002,  the Company  issued  $422,050  (face value at maturity) of Senior
Notes,  maturing on April 2, 2032, and received proceeds totaling  approximately
$172,756 prior to debt issuance costs. The Senior Notes require no cash interest
payments and were issued at a discount representing a yield to maturity of 3.00%
per annum.  The Senior Notes are redeemable at the Company's  option on or after
April 3, 2007,  and the  holders of the Senior  Notes may require the Company to
redeem  the Senior  Notes on April 3, 2007,  2012,  2017,  2022 or 2027,  and in
certain other  circumstances.  The holders of the Senior Notes had the option to
require the Company to repurchase the Senior Notes on April 3, 2005. That option
was not exercised.  In addition, each $1 (face value at maturity) Senior Note is
convertible into 10.8584 shares of the Company's common stock (approximately 4.6
million shares in the aggregate) if any of the following  conditions  occur:  1)
the closing  price of the  Company's  common  stock  exceeds a  specified  price
(initially,  120% of the accreted  conversion  price, and declining  .08474% per
quarter thereafter to approximately 110% of the accreted conversion price on the
last day of the quarter  ending  January  30,  2032,  with a specified  price of
$49.19 at July 29,  2005);  2) the  Company  exercises  its option to redeem the
Senior Notes; 3) the credit rating of the Senior Notes is reduced by Moody's and
Standard  and Poor's to or below both Ba3 and BB-,  respectively;  or 4) certain
specified  corporate  events.  The Company's closing share price, as reported by
Nasdaq, on July 29, 2005 was $39.17.

     All subsidiaries of the Company have fully and  unconditionally  guaranteed
on a joint and several basis the obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility
and the Senior Notes. Each guarantor is, directly or indirectly,  a wholly-owned
affiliate of the parent  company,  CBRL Group,  Inc.,  which has no  independent
assets or operations.

     The aggregate  maturities of long-term debt subsequent to July 29, 2005 are
as follows:

Year
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2006                                                                        --
2007                                                                        --
2008                                                                   $21,500
2009                                                                        --
2010                                                                        --
2011 and thereafter                                                    190,718
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                 $212,218
================================================================================


6. Stock Compensation Plans

     The  Company's   employee   compensation  plans  are  administered  by  the
Compensation  and Stock Option  Committee (the  "Committee")  of the Board.  The
Committee is authorized to determine,  at time periods within its discretion and
subject to the direction of the Board,  which  employees will be granted options
and other awards, the number of shares covered by any awards granted, and within
applicable  limits,  the terms and  provisions  relating to the  exercise of any
awards.

     The CBRL Group, Inc. 2002 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Omnibus
Plan") allows the Committee to grant awards for an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares
of the Company's  common stock.  The Omnibus Plan authorizes the following types
of awards to all eligible participants other than non-employee directors:  stock
options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards,  restricted stock, performance
shares, cash bonuses,  qualified  performance-based  awards or any other type of
award  consistent  with the Omnibus  Plan's  purpose.  Under the  Omnibus  Plan,
non-employee   directors  are  granted   annually  on  the  day  of  the  annual
shareholders  meeting an option to purchase up to 5,000 shares of the  Company's
common stock, or awards of up to 2,000 shares of restricted  stock or restricted
stock  units.  If an option is  granted,  the option  price per share will be at
least 100% of the fair market  value of a share of the  Company's  common  stock
based on the closing  price on the day  preceding the day the option is granted.
Additionally,  non-employee  directors  newly  elected or  appointed  between an
annual  shareholders  meeting  (typically in November) and the following July 31
receive an option to  acquire  5,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock or
awards of up to 2,000 shares of restricted  stock or restricted  stock units. If
an option is  granted,  the option  price per share will be at least 100% of the
fair market value of a share of the Company's  common stock based on the closing
price on the day the  option  is  granted.  Options  granted  to date  under the
Omnibus Plan become  exercisable  each year at a cumulative rate of 33% per year
and  expire  ten years  from the date of grant.  At July 29,  2005,  there  were
1,740,191  shares of the Company's  common stock reserved for issuance under the
Omnibus Plan.

     The CBRL Group, Inc. 2000 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan ("Employee Plan")
covers  employees  who are not officers or  directors of the Company.  The stock
options were granted with an exercise  price of at least 100% of the fair market
value of a share of the Company's common stock based on the closing price on the

<PAGE>

day the option is granted and become  exercisable each year at a cumulative
rate of 33% per year and expire ten years from the date of grant.  An  aggregate
of 4,750,000  shares of the Company's  common stock were  authorized  under this
plan;  at July 29, 2005,  no shares are available to be granted under this plan.
The Employee Plan expired on July 29, 2005

     The Company also has an Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (the "Plan")
that originally  allowed the Committee to grant options to purchase an aggregate
of 17,525,702 shares of the Company's common stock. At July 29, 2005, there were
1,253,236  shares of the Company's  common stock reserved for issuance under the
Plan.  The  option  price per share  under the Plan must be at least 100% of the
fair market value of a share of the Company's  common stock based on the closing
price on the day the option is granted.  Options  granted to date under the Plan
generally have been  exercisable  each year at a cumulative rate of 33% per year
and expire ten years from the date of grant.

     In 1989, the Board adopted the Cracker Barrel Old Country Store,  Inc. 1989
Stock  Option Plan for  Non-employee  Directors  ("Directors  Plan").  The stock
options were  granted  with an exercise  price equal to the fair market value of
the Company's  common stock as of the date of grant and expire one year from the
retirement of the director from the Board.  An aggregate of 1,518,750  shares of
the Company's  common stock was authorized by the Company's  shareholders  under
this plan. Due to the overall plan limit, no shares have been granted under this
plan since 1994.

     A summary of the status of the Company's  stock option plans for 2005, 2004
and 2003, and changes during those years follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>
(Shares in thousands)                                           2005                     2004                     2003
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Weighted-                 Weighted-                Weighted-
                                                                Average                   Average                  Average
Fixed Options                                        Shares     Price          Shares     Price         Shares     Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Outstanding at beginning of year                         5,817         24.52     7,599       $20.73     9,504        $20.23
Granted                                                    708         37.08     1,146        38.35     1,907         23.85
Exercised                                               (1,896)        20.70    (2,634)       19.68    (2,922)        20.90
Forfeited or canceled                                     (241)        29.69      (294)       23.76      (890)        21.54
                                                     ----------              ----------             ----------
Outstanding at end of year                               4,388         27.91     5,817        24.52     7,599         20.73
                                                     ==========              ==========             ==========
Options exercisable at year-end                          2,556         23.52     3,011        20.62     3,696         20.69
Weighed-average fair value per share of options
granted during the year                                               $12.50                 $14.14                  $10.20
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with the  following  weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in 2005, 2004 and 2003:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>                  <C>
                                                         2005                  2004                 2003
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividend yield range                                  1.1%-1.3%            0.1% - 1.4%              0.1%
Expected volatility range                             33% - 38%             22% - 42%            41% - 45%
Risk-free interest rate range                        3.3% - 4.1%           1.3% - 4.0%          2.2% - 3.8%
Expected lives (in years)                                 5                    1-8                  5-8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Expected  volatility  has been  measured  based on an average of past daily
fluctuations in the share price of the Company's common stock.


     The  following  table  summarizes  information  about fixed  stock  options
outstanding at July 29, 2005:
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>

(Shares in thousands)                  Options Outstanding                                         Options Exercisable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Weighted-Average
                                  Number            Remaining         Weighted-Average         Number         Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Prices      Outstanding at     Contractual Life      Exercise Price      Exercisable at      Exercise Price
                                  7/29/05                                                     7/29/05
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 5.09  - 10.00                       31               1.04               $ 7.07                  31               $ 7.07
$10.01 - 20.00                       620               4.22                15.24                 620                15.24
$20.01 - 30.00                     1,897               5.44                23.38               1,411                23.22
$30.01 - 40.00                     1,258               7.77                35.71                 363                34.16
$40.01 - 41.25                       582               8.65                40.43                 131                40.26
                              ----------------                                           -------------------
$ 5.09  -  41.25                   4,388               5.18                27.91               2,556                23.52
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     The Company  recognizes  a tax  deduction,  subject to certain  limitations
imposed by the Internal  Revenue  Code,  upon  exercise of  non-qualified  stock
options in an amount  equal to the  difference  between the option price and the
fair market value of the common stock on the date the option is exercised. These
tax benefits, when realized, are credited to additional paid-in capital.

7.  Common Stock

     Pursuant to the Omnibus Plan, the Company  granted 165,000 and 7,500 shares
of restricted  stock during 2005 and 2004,  respectively.  No restricted  shares
were granted  during 2003,  however the Company  recorded  compensation  expense
related to grants in years prior to 2003 that had not yet vested.  The Company's
compensation expense, net of forfeitures,  for these restricted shares was $494,
$116 and $462 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     The  Committee  established  the FY04 Revenue  Growth and Return on Capital
Transitional  Incentive Plan ("Transitional  LTI") pursuant to the Omnibus Plan,
for the purpose of rewarding  certain  executive  officers for company financial
performance  during 2004. The Transitional LTI plan was earned during 2004 based
on the Company's achievement of qualified financial  performance  measures.  The
Company's  compensation expense during 2004 for this award was $424. The Company
issued 12,761 unrestricted shares of common stock for this award in 2005.

     The Committee  established the FY2005 Mid-Term Incentive and Retention Plan
("2005  MTIRP")  pursuant to the  Omnibus  Plan,  for the  purpose of  rewarding
certain officers for company financial  performance  during 2005. The 2005 MTIRP
award was  earned  during  2005  based on  achievement  of  qualified  financial
performance  measures,  but  restricted  until vesting occurs on the last day of
2007 and will  then be paid out on the first  day of 2008.  Therefore,  the 2005
MTIRP reward is expensed  over the vesting  period with  one-third of the earned
reward  expensed in each of 2005,  2006 and 2007.  The award will be paid in the
form of either 50% restricted stock and 50% cash or 100% restricted stock, based
upon the election of each officer at the  beginning of 2005 or upon their hiring
or promotion.  At July 29, 2005, the restricted  stock and cash earned under the
2005  MTIRP  was  46,461  shares  and  $210,  respectively.  Additionally,  cash
dividends on the restricted  stock earned shall accrue from July 29, 2005 and be
payable,  along with the remainder of the award,  to  participants on the payout
date in 2008.

     The Committee  established  the Stock  Ownership  Achievement  Plan ("Stock
Ownership  Plan")  pursuant to the Omnibus  Plan,  for the purpose of  rewarding
certain executive  officers of the Company for early achievement of target stock
ownership  levels in 2005 and in the future.  Upon  meeting the stock  ownership
levels at an earlier date than required and upon approval by the Committee,  the
Company will award  unrestricted  shares to those certain  officers on the first
Monday of the next fiscal year. The Stock Ownership Plan reward is expensed over
the year during which those certain officers achieve the stock ownership target,
beginning when the target is met. The Company's compensation expense during 2005
for this award was $98. On August 1, 2005 the Company issued 2,500  unrestricted
shares of common stock to the certain  executive  officers that earned the award
in 2005.


<PAGE>


8.  Income Taxes

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary  differences
between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

     Significant   components  of  the  Company's  net  deferred  tax  liability
consisted of the following at:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                           <C>                   <C>
                                                                                               July 29,             July 30,
                                                                                                 2005                 2004
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
    Financial accruals without economic performance                                           $ 27,816             $ 24,818
    Other                                                                                        4,359                3,637
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Deferred tax assets                                                                     $ 32,175             $ 28,455
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred tax liabilities
    Excess tax depreciation over book                                                         $ 96,713             $ 89,627
    Other                                                                                       33,240               23,324
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Deferred tax liabilities                                                                 129,953              112,951
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax liability                                                                    $ 97,778             $ 84,496
===============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     The Company  provided no valuation  allowance  against  deferred tax assets
recorded as of July 29, 2005 and July 30,  2004,  as the  "more-likely-than-not"
valuation method determined all deferred assets to be fully realizable in future
taxable periods.

     The  components  of the  provision  for income  taxes for each of the three
years were as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>                     <C>                      <C>
                                                              2005                    2004                     2003
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current:
    Federal                                                 $49,768                 $44,006                  $17,214
    State                                                     3,875                   4,273                    1,483
Deferred:
    Federal                                                  11,069                  13,172                   36,113
    State                                                     2,213                   1,212                    3,141
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total income tax provision                                  $66,925                 $62,663                  $57,951
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     A reconciliation  of the provision for income taxes and the amount computed
by  multiplying  the income  before the  provision  for income taxes by the U.S.
federal statutory rate of 35% was as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>                     <C>                      <C>
                                                              2005                    2004                     2003
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision computed at federal
   statutory income tax rate                                $67,748                 $61,092                  $57,071
State and local income taxes, net of federal
   benefit                                                    5,896                   5,578                    4,399
Employer tax credits for FICA taxes paid on
   employee tip income                                       (5,334)                 (4,781)                  (4,323)
Other-net                                                    (1,385)                    774                      804
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total income tax provision                                  $66,925                 $62,663                  $57,951
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

9.  Segment Information

     Cracker  Barrel units  represent a single,  integrated  operation  with two
related and substantially  integrated  product lines. The operating  expenses of
the  restaurant and retail product lines of a Cracker Barrel unit are shared and
are indistinguishable in many respects.  Likewise,  Logan's units are restaurant
operations with investment  criteria and economic and operating  characteristics
similar  to those  of  Cracker  Barrel.  The  chief  operating  decision  makers
regularly  evaluate  the  Cracker  Barrel  and  Logan's  restaurant  and  retail
components  in   determining   how  to  allocate   resources  and  in  assessing
performance.  Accordingly,  the Company manages its business on the basis of one
reportable operating segment. All of the Company's operations are located within
the United States.  The following data are presented in accordance with SFAS No.
131 for all periods presented.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>               <C>
                                                                                    2005            2004              2003
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales in Company-Owned stores:
    Restaurant                                                                   $2,071,011      $1,892,487        $1,753,361
    Retail                                                                          494,160         486,433           443,397
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total net sales                                                             2,565,171       2,378,920         2,196,758
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franchise fees and royalties                                                          2,377           2,027             1,424
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total revenue                                                                $2,567,548      $2,380,947        $2,198,182
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

10.  Commitments and Contingencies

     As reported in the 2004 Form 10-K/A, Cracker Barrel agreed in principle, as
of  September  8, 2004,  to settle  certain  litigation  (five  separate  cases)
alleging  violations  of the  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  ("FLSA"),  as well as
allegations of discrimination in employment and public  accommodations.  Four of
those  cases  have  been  settled  and  dismissed.  In the  fifth  case  (a FLSA
collective action with approximately 10,000 plaintiffs),  settlement  reflecting
the  agreement  in  principle  reached in August  2004 is still  awaiting  court
approval.  On May 27,  2005,  a joint  motion by the Company and the  plaintiffs
seeking approval of the settlement was filed with the court.  This filing set in
motion the final approval  process,  which the Company expects will be concluded
(with final  approval  granted)  on or before  October  18,  2005.  Of the total
payment  agreed to by  Cracker  Barrel to settle the five  cases,  approximately
$2,250  related to the fifth case is still accrued and expected to be paid on or
before December 31, 2005.

     The Company  and its  subsidiaries  are parties to other legal  proceedings
incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, based upon information
currently available,  the ultimate liability with respect to these other actions
will not materially affect the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

     The Company makes trade commitments in the course of its normal operations.
As of July 29, 2005 the Company was contingently liable for approximately $4,343
under  outstanding  trade letters of credit  issued in connection  with purchase
commitments.  These letters of credit have terms of three months or less and are
used to collateralize obligations to third parties for the purchase of a portion
of the Company's  imported  retail  inventories.  Additionally,  the Company was
contingently  liable pursuant to standby letters of credit as credit  guarantees
to insurers.  As of July 29, 2005, the Company had $32,436 of standby letters of
credit related to workers' compensation,  commercial general liability insurance
and retail purchases. All standby letters of credit are renewable annually.

     The Company is secondarily  liable for lease payments under the terms of an
operating lease that has been assigned to a third party. The operating lease has
a remaining life of approximately  8.2 years with annual lease payments of $361.
The Company's  performance is required only if the assignee fails to perform the
obligations  as lessee.  At this time, the Company has no reason to believe that
the assignee will not perform and, therefore,  no provision has been made in the
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  for  amounts  to be paid as a
result of non-performance by the assignee.

     The Company also is  secondarily  liable for lease payments under the terms
of another  operating lease that has been sublet to a third party. The operating
lease has a  remaining  life of  approximately  11.2  years  with  annual  lease
payments of $107.  The Company's  performance  is required only if the sublessee
fails to perform the obligations as lessee.  The Company has a liability of $444
in the accompanying  consolidated  financial statements for estimated amounts to
be paid in case of non-performance by the sublessee.

     The  Company  maintains  insurance  coverage  for  various  aspects  of its
business and operations.  The Company has elected,  however,  to retain all or a
portion of losses that occur through the use of various deductibles,  limits and
retentions under its insurance programs.  This situation may subject the Company
to some future liability for which it is only partially  insured,  or completely
uninsured.  The  Company  intends  to  mitigate  any such  future  liability  by
continuing to exercise  prudent  business  judgment in negotiating the terms and
conditions of its  contracts.  See Note 2 for a further  discussion of insurance
and insurance reserves.

     As of July 29, 2005, the Company  operated 148 Cracker Barrel stores and 62
Logan's Roadhouse  restaurants in leased facilities and also leased certain land
and  advertising  billboards (see Note 12). These leases have been classified as
either capital or operating  leases.  The interest rates for capital leases vary
from 5% to 17%.  Amortization  of capital  leases is included with  depreciation
expense.  A majority  of the  Company's  lease  agreements  provide  for renewal
options and some of these  options  contain  escalation  clauses.  Additionally,
certain store leases  provide for  percentage  lease  payments  based upon sales
volume in excess of specified minimum levels.

<PAGE>

     The following is a schedule by year of future  minimum lease payments under
capital leases, together with the present value of the minimum lease payments as
of July 29, 2005:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Year
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
2006                                                         $235
2007                                                          124
2008                                                           43
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total minimum lease payments                                  402
Less amount representing interest                              35
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Present value of minimum lease payments                       367
Less current portion                                          210
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations               $157
==================================================================
</TABLE>

     The following is a schedule by year of the future minimum  rental  payments
required under operating leases, excluding leases for advertising billboards, as
of July 29, 2005.  Included in the amounts  below are optional  renewal  periods
associated with such leases that the Company is currently not legally  obligated
to exercise;  however,  it is reasonably  assured that the Company will exercise
these options.
<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                              <C>                                 <C>
Year                                    Base term and                 Renewal periods not                  Total
                                     exercised options*                 Yet exercised**
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2006                                      $ 33,310                         $    190                       $ 33,500
2007                                        33,348                              343                         33,691
2008                                        33,324                              610                         33,934
2009                                        33,243                              880                         34,123
2010                                        31,902                            1,239                         33,141
Later years                                284,285                          333,574                        617,859
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                     $449,412                         $336,836                       $786,248
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
*Includes  base  terms  and  certain  optional  renewal  periods  that have been
exercised and are included in the lease term in accordance with SFAS No. 13 (see
Note 2).
**Includes  certain  optional  renewal  periods that have not yet been
exercised,  but are  included  in the  lease  term  for the  straight-line  rent
calculation. Such optional renewal periods are included because it is reasonably
assured by the Company that it will exercise such renewal options (see Note 2).

     The following is a schedule by year of the future minimum  rental  payments
required under operating leases for advertising billboards as of July 29, 2005:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
Year
- --------------------------------------------------------------
2006                                                  $21,854
2007                                                   12,491
2008                                                    4,909
2009                                                      150
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                 $39,404
==============================================================
</TABLE>

     Rent expense  under  operating  leases,  excluding  leases for  advertising
billboards are recognized on a straight-line,  or average, basis and include any
pre-opening  periods  during  construction  for which  the  Company  is  legally
obligated under the terms of the lease, and any optional  renewal  periods,  for
which at the inception of the lease,  it is reasonably  assured that the Company
will exercise those renewal  options.  This lease period is consistent  with the
period over which leasehold improvements are amortized. Rent expense for each of
the three years was:
<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                  <C>                              <C>
                        Minimum              Contingent                        Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2005                     $35,531                $913                          $36,444
2004                      33,111                 852                           33,963
2003                      31,084                 753                           31,837
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


     Rent expense under  operating  leases for  billboards for each of the three
years was:
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                  <C>                    <C>
                             Minimum              Contingent              Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2005                         $23,374                  --                 $23,374
2004                          23,042                  --                  23,042
2003                          22,811                  --                  22,811
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

11.  Employee Savings Plans

     The  Company  sponsors a qualified  defined  contribution  retirement  plan
("Plan I") covering salaried and hourly employees who have completed one year of
service  and  have  attained  the  age of  twenty-one.  Plan I  allows  eligible
employees to defer receipt of up to 16% of their compensation, as defined in the
plan.

     The Company also sponsors a non-qualified  defined contribution  retirement
plan ("Plan II") covering highly compensated employees,  as defined in the plan.
Plan II allows  eligible  employees to defer  receipt of up to 50% of their base
compensation  and  100% of their  eligible  bonuses,  as  defined  in the  plan.
Contributions  under  both  Plan  I and  Plan  II  may be  invested  in  various
investment funds at the employee's discretion. Such contributions, including the
Company  matching  contribution  described  below,  may not be  invested  in the
Company's  common  stock.  In 2005,  2004 and 2003,  the Company  matched 25% of
employee  contributions for each participant in either Plan I or Plan II up to a
total  of  6%  of  the  employee's  compensation.  Employee  contributions  vest
immediately  while  Company  contributions  vest 20%  annually  beginning on the
participant's  first  anniversary  of employment.  In 2005,  2004, and 2003, the
Company contributed approximately $1,250, $1,321 and $1,524, respectively, under
Plan I and approximately  $473, $345 and $280,  respectively,  under Plan II. At
the inception of Plan II, the Company  established a Rabbi Trust to fund Plan II
obligations.  The market  value of the trust  assets of $20,211 is  included  in
other assets and the liability to Plan II participants of $20,211 is included in
other long-term obligations.  Company contributions under Plan I and Plan II are
recorded as other store operating expenses.

12.  Sale-Leaseback

     On July 31, 2000,  Cracker Barrel  completed a  sale-leaseback  transaction
involving 65 of its owned units. Under the transaction,  the land, buildings and
building  improvements  at the  locations  were  sold for net  consideration  of
$138,325 and were leased back for an initial term of 21 years. Equipment was not
included.  The leases include  specified renewal options for up to 20 additional
years and have certain financial  covenants related to fixed charge coverage for
the  leased  units.  At July 29,  2005 and July 30,  2004,  the  Company  was in
compliance with all those covenants. Net rent expense during the initial term is
$14,963   annually,   and  the  assets  sold  and  leased  back  previously  had
depreciation expense of approximately  $2,707 annually.  The gain on the sale is
being amortized over the initial lease term of 21 years.

13. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

     Quarterly financial data for 2005 and 2004 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>                   <C>               <C>
                                                1st Quarter            2nd Quarter           3rd Quarter       4th Quarter (b)
                                                -----------            -----------           -----------       ---------------
2005
Total revenue                                     $612,653               $667,189              $627,999            $659,707
Gross profit                                       412,811                430,800               424,297             452,595
Income before income taxes                          46,048                 49,533                40,625              57,359
Net income                                          29,930                 32,578                26,571              37,561
Net income per share - basic                      $   0.61               $   0.68              $   0.56            $   0.80
Net income per share - diluted (a)                $   0.57               $   0.63              $   0.52            $   0.74
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2004
Total revenue                                     $576,365               $612,801              $584,282            $607,499
Gross profit                                       390,465                399,274               393,564             411,941
Income before income taxes                          43,313                 44,828                40,273              46,134
Net income                                          27,851                 28,648                25,815              29,571
Net income per share - basic                      $   0.58               $   0.58              $   0.53            $   0.61
Net income per share - diluted (a)                $   0.53               $   0.53              $   0.49            $   0.56
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(a)  Diluted net income pre share reflects the potential dilution effects of the
     Company's  Notes  (as  discussed  in  Notes  2, 4 and 5) for  all  quarters
     presented for 2005 and 2004.
(b)  The Company  recorded  charges of $5,210  before  taxes  during the quarter
     ended July 30, 2004,  as a result of a  settlement  in principle of certain
     previously  reported  lawsuits  against its Cracker Barrel  subsidiary (see
     Note 10).

<PAGE>

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     We are  responsible for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal
controls over financial  reporting (as defined in Rules  13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)
under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). We maintain a system
of  internal  controls  that is designed to provide  reasonable  assurance  in a
cost-effective  manner as to the fair and reliable  preparation and presentation
of the consolidated  financial  statements,  as well as to safeguard assets from
unauthorized use or disposition.

     Our  control  environment  is the  foundation  for our  system of  internal
control over  financial  reporting and is embodied in our  Corporate  Governance
Guidelines,  our Financial Code of Ethics,  and our Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics,  all of which may be viewed  on our  website.  They set the tone for our
organization  and include  factors such as  integrity  and ethical  values.  Our
internal  control over financial  reporting is supported by formal  policies and
procedures,  which are  reviewed,  modified  and  improved  as changes  occur in
business condition and operations. We do not expect that our disclosure controls
and procedures or our internal  controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A
control  system,  no matter how well  conceived and  operated,  can provide only
reasonable,  not absolute,  assurance  that the objectives of the control system
are met.  Further,  the design of a control  system must reflect the benefits of
controls  relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent  limitations  in all
control systems,  no evaluation of controls can provide absolute  assurance that
all control issues and instances of fraud,  if any, within the Company have been
detected.

     We conducted an evaluation  of the  effectiveness  of our internal  control
over financial  reporting based on the framework in Internal  Control-Integrated
Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations  of the Treadway
Commission.  This evaluation  included review of the  documentation of controls,
evaluation  of the design  effectiveness  of controls,  testing of the operating
effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. We have concluded
that our internal control over financial  reporting was effective as of July 29,
2005, based on these criteria.

     In  addition,  Deloitte & Touche  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public
accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on management's  assessment of
internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.



                                 /s/Michael A. Woodhouse
                                 -----------------------
                                 Michael A. Woodhouse
                                 Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer


                                 /s/Lawrence E. White
                                 --------------------
                                 Lawrence E. White
                                 Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief
                                 Financial Officer


<PAGE>


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of CBRL Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CBRL Group, Inc.
and subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of July 29, 2005 and July 30, 2004, and the
related consolidated  statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity, and
cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended July 29, 2005.
These consolidated  financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  standards  of the Public  Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the financial  position of the Company at July 29, 2005 and
July 30, 2004,  and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three fiscal years in the period ended July 29,  2005,  in  conformity  with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also  audited,  in accordance  with the standards of the Public  Company
Accounting  Oversight Board (United States),  the effectiveness of the Company's
internal  control over  financial  reporting  as of July 29, 2005,  based on the
criteria  established  in Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report
dated  September  23, 2005  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion on  management's
assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial
reporting  and an  unqualified  opinion on the  effectiveness  of the  Company's
internal control over financial reporting.


Nashville, Tennessee
September 23, 2005


<PAGE>


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of CBRL Group, Inc.:

We  have  audited   management's   assessment,   included  in  the  accompanying
Management's  Report on Internal  Control over  Financial  Reporting,  that CBRL
Group,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  (the "Company")  maintained  effective  internal
control  over  financial  reporting  as of July  29,  2005,  based  on  criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated  Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is
responsible for maintaining  effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the  effectiveness  of internal control over financial
reporting.   Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  management's
assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted  our audit in accordance  with the standards of the Public  Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about whether  effective
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in all  material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting,  evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating
the design and operating  effectiveness of internal control, and performing such
other  procedures as we considered  necessary in the  circumstances.  We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial  reporting is a process designed by,
or under the  supervision  of, the company's  principal  executive and principal
financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the
company's  board of  directors,  management,  and  other  personnel  to  provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding the reliability of financial  reporting and the
preparation  of financial  statements for external  purposes in accordance  with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A company's  internal control over
financial  reporting  includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to
the  maintenance  of records that, in reasonable  detail,  accurately and fairly
reflect the  transactions  and  dispositions  of the assets of the company;  (2)
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  principles,  and that receipts and  expenditures  of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use, or  disposition  of the company's
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  the  inherent   limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial
reporting,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or  improper  management
override of controls,  material  misstatements  due to error or fraud may not be
prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also,  projections of any evaluation of
the  effectiveness  of the internal  control over financial  reporting to future
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate  because
of changes in conditions,  or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion,  management's  assessment that the Company maintained  effective
internal control over financial reporting as of July 29, 2005, is fairly stated,
in  all  material  respects,  based  on the  criteria  established  in  Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material  respects,  effective  internal control over financial  reporting as of
July 29, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal  Control-Integrated
Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations  of the Treadway
Commission.

We have also  audited,  in accordance  with the standards of the Public  Company
Accounting   Oversight  Board  (United  States),   the  consolidated   financial
statements  as of and for the year ended July 29,  2005 of the  Company  and our
report  dated  September  23, 2005  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion on those
consolidated financial statements.

/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
September 23, 2005

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-21
<SEQUENCE>11
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex21.txt
<DESCRIPTION>SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<TEXT>





                                   EXHIBIT 21



Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The following is a list of the significant  subsidiaries of the Registrant as of
July 29, 2005, all of which are wholly-owned:

                                                                 State of
Parent                                                         Incorporation
- ------                                                         -------------

CBRL Group, Inc.                                               Tennessee


Subsidiaries

Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc.                         Tennessee
Logan's Roadhouse, Inc.                                        Tennessee
CBOCS Distribution, Inc.
 (dba Cracker Barrel Old Country Store)                        Tennessee
CBOCS Properties, Inc.
 (dba Cracker Barrel Old Country Store)                        Michigan
CBOCS West, Inc.
 (dba Cracker Barrel Old Country Store)                        Nevada
Rocking Chair, Inc.                                            Nevada

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23
<SEQUENCE>12
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex23.txt
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF ACCOUNTING FIRM
<TEXT>

EXHIBIT 23





CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


     We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos.
2-86602,  33-15775,  33-37567,  33-45482,   333-01465,   333-63442,   333-71384,
333-81063 and 333-111364 on Form S-8 and Registration  Statement Nos.  33-59582,
333-90996-02 and  333-90996-13 on Form S-3 of CBRL Group,  Inc. and subsidiaries
of our reports dated September 23, 2005, relating to the consolidated  financial
statements of CBRL Group, Inc. and subsidiaries,  and management's report on the
effectiveness  of internal  control over  financial  reporting  appearing in and
incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of CBRL Group,  Inc.
and subsidiaries for the year ended July 29, 2005.





/s/DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
September 26, 2005


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-31
<SEQUENCE>13
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex31.txt
<DESCRIPTION>RULE 12A-14(A)/15D-14(A) CERTIFICATIONS
<TEXT>

EXHIBIT 31 A

                                  CERTIFICATION

I, Michael A. Woodhouse certify that:

     1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CBRL Group, Inc.;

     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement
of a  material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances  under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

     3. Based on my knowledge,  the financial  statements,  and other  financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial  condition,  results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as
of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

     4. The registrant's  other certifying  officer(s) and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining  disclosure  controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal  control over financial
reporting  (as defined in Exchange Act Rules  13a-15(f) and  15d-15(f))  for the
registrant and have:

               (a)         Designed such disclosure controls and procedures,  or
                           caused such disclosure  controls and procedures to be
                           designed  under  our  supervision,   to  ensure  that
                           material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,
                           including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made
                           known  to  us  by  others   within  those   entities,
                           particularly  during the period in which this  report
                           is being prepared; and

               (b)         Designed   such  internal   control  over   financial
                           reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over
                           financial   reporting   to  be  designed   under  our
                           supervision,    to   provide   reasonable   assurance
                           regarding the reliability of financial  reporting and
                           the preparation of financial  statements for external
                           purposes  in  accordance   with  generally   accepted
                           accounting principles; and

               (c)         Evaluated  the   effectiveness  of  the  registrant's
                           disclosure  controls and  procedures and presented in
                           this report our conclusions  about the  effectiveness
                           of the disclosure controls and procedures,  as of the
                           end of the  period  covered by this  report  based on
                           such evaluation; and

               (d)         Disclosed   in  this   report   any   change  in  the
                           registrant's    internal   control   over   financial
                           reporting that occurred during the registrant's  most
                           recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal
                           quarter  in the case of an  annual  report)  that has
                           materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
                           materially affect, the registrant's  internal control
                           over financial reporting;

     5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial  reporting,  to
the  registrant's  auditors  and the audit  committee of  registrant's  board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

               (a)         All significant  deficiencies and material weaknesses
                           in the design or operation  of internal  control over
                           financial  reporting  which are reasonably  likely to
                           adversely affect the registrant's  ability to record,
                           process,  summarize and report financial information;
                           and
<PAGE>

               (b)         Any fraud,  whether or not  material,  that  involves
                           management or other  employees who have a significant
                           role  in  the  registrant's   internal  control  over
                           financial reporting.

Date: September 26, 2005

/s/ Michael A. Woodhouse
- ------------------------
Michael A. Woodhouse, Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>


EXHIBIT 31 B

                                  CERTIFICATION

I, Lawrence E. White certify that:

     1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CBRL Group, Inc.;

     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement
of a  material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances  under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

     3. Based on my knowledge,  the financial  statements,  and other  financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial  condition,  results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as
of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

     4. The registrant's  other certifying  officer(s) and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining  disclosure  controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal  control over financial
reporting  (as defined in Exchange Act Rules  13a-15(f) and  15d-15(f))  for the
registrant and have:

               (a)         Designed such disclosure controls and procedures,  or
                           caused such disclosure  controls and procedures to be
                           designed  under  our  supervision,   to  ensure  that
                           material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,
                           including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made
                           known  to  us  by  others   within  those   entities,
                           particularly  during the period in which this  report
                           is being prepared; and

               (b)         Designed   such  internal   control  over   financial
                           reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over
                           financial   reporting   to  be  designed   under  our
                           supervision,    to   provide   reasonable   assurance
                           regarding the reliability of financial  reporting and
                           the preparation of financial  statements for external
                           purposes  in  accordance   with  generally   accepted
                           accounting principles; and

               (c)         Evaluated  the   effectiveness  of  the  registrant's
                           disclosure  controls and  procedures and presented in
                           this report our conclusions  about the  effectiveness
                           of the disclosure controls and procedures,  as of the
                           end of the  period  covered by this  report  based on
                           such evaluation; and

               (d)         Disclosed   in  this   report   any   change  in  the
                           registrant's    internal   control   over   financial
                           reporting that occurred during the registrant's  most
                           recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal
                           quarter  in the case of an  annual  report)  that has
                           materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
                           materially affect, the registrant's  internal control
                           over financial reporting;

     5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial  reporting,  to
the  registrant's  auditors  and the audit  committee of  registrant's  board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

                     (a)   All significant  deficiencies and material weaknesses
                           in the design or operation  of internal  control over
                           financial  reporting  which are reasonably  likely to
                           adversely affect the registrant's  ability to record,
                           process,  summarize and report financial information;
                           and
<PAGE>

                     (b)   Any fraud,  whether or not  material,  that  involves
                           management or other  employees who have a significant
                           role  in  the  registrant's   internal  control  over
                           financial reporting.


Date: September 26, 2005


/s/ Lawrence E. White
- ---------------------
Lawrence E. White, Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-32
<SEQUENCE>14
<FILENAME>cbrlgroup10k092205ex32.txt
<DESCRIPTION>SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS
<TEXT>

Exhibit 32 A

                    CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                 PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
            PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of CBRL Group,  Inc. (the "Issuer") on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended July 29, 2005, as filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"),  I, Michael A. Woodhouse,
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer, certify, pursuant
to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.   The Report fully complies with the  requirements  of Section 13(a) or 15(d)
     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.   The information  contained in the Report fairly  presents,  in all material
     respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.


Date: September 26, 2005              By: /s/ Michael A. Woodhouse
                                          ------------------------
                                         Michael A. Woodhouse,
                                         Chairman, President and Chief
                                         Executive Officer



<PAGE>

Exhibit 32 B

                    CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                 PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
            PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of CBRL Group,  Inc. (the "Issuer") on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended July 29, 2005, as filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  on the date hereof (the  "Report"),  I, Lawrence E. White,
Senior  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of the  Issuer,  certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  Section 1350,  as adopted  pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.   The Report fully complies with the  requirements  of Section 13(a) or 15(d)
     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.   The information  contained in the Report fairly  presents,  in all material
     respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.


Date: September 26, 2005                By: /s/Lawrence E. White
                                            --------------------
                                           Lawrence E. White,
                                           Senior Vice President, Finance and
                                           Chief Financial Officer


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
</SEC-DOCUMENT>
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----